Annual Statements Open main menu

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. - Quarter Report: 2013 September (Form 10-Q)


 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
þ
 
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2013
OR
o
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     .
Commission File Number: 001-16581
SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC.
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
  
Virginia
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
23-2453088
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
02109
(Zip Code)
(617) 346-7200
Registrant’s telephone number including area code
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ. No o.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation ST (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ. No o.*
*Registrant is not subject to the requirements of Rule 405 of Regulation S-T at this time.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o
 
Accelerated filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer þ
 
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes o. No þ.
APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
Class
 
Outstanding at October 31, 2013
Common Stock (no par value)
 
520,307,043 shares




FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (“SHUSA” or the “Company”). SHUSA may from time to time make forward-looking statements in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or the "Commission") (including this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and the Exhibits hereto and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012) and in other communications by SHUSA, which are made in good faith, pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Some of the statements made by SHUSA, including any statements preceded by, followed by or which include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “pro forma,” “looking forward,” “will,” “would,” “believe,” “expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “strive,” “hopefully,” “try,” “assume” or similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to SHUSA's vision, mission, strategies, goals, beliefs, plans, objectives, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions, financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business and are not historical facts. Although SHUSA believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties which are subject to change based on various important factors, some of which are beyond SHUSA's control. Among the factors that could cause SHUSA's financial performance to differ materially from that suggested by the forward-looking statements are:

the strength of and changes in the United States economy in general and the strength of the regional and local economies in which SHUSA conducts operations, including the effects of the recent Federal government shutdown and uncertainty concerning U.S. national debt limits, all of which could affect, among other things, the level of the Company’s non-performing assets, chargeoffs, and provisions for credit losses
the effects of policies of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), the Federal Reserve Board (the "FRB"), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau the ("CFPB") and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other regulatory bodies;
inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations, which may, among other things, reduce interest margins, impact funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets;
adverse movements and volatility in debt and equity capital markets;
adverse changes in the securities markets, including those related to the financial condition of significant issuers in SHUSA's investment portfolio;
changes in asset quality;
revenue enhancement initiatives that may not be successful in the marketplace or may result in unintended costs;
changing market conditions that may force management to alter the implementation or continuation of cost savings or revenue enhancement strategies;
SHUSA's ability to timely develop competitive new products and services in a changing environment and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;
the willingness of customers to substitute competitors' products and services for ours;
the ability of SHUSA and its third-party vendors to convert and maintain SHUSA's data processing and related systems on a timely and acceptable basis and within projected cost estimates;
the impact of changes in financial services policies, laws and regulations, including laws, regulations and policies concerning taxes, banking, capital, liquidity, proper accounting treatment, securities and insurance, the applications and interpretations thereof by regulatory bodies and the impact of changes in and interpretation of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States;
the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which is a significant development for the industry. The full impact of this legislation to SHUSA and the industry will not be known until the rule-making processes mandated by the legislation are complete, although the impact will involve higher compliance costs which have affected and will affect SHUSA's revenue and earnings negatively;
additional legislation and regulations or taxes, levies or other charges that may be enacted or promulgated in the future, the form of which legislation or regulation or the degree to which management would need to modify SHUSA's businesses or operations to comply with such legislation or regulation management is unable to predict;
technological changes;
competitors of SHUSA that may have greater financial resources and develop products and technology that enable those competitors to compete more successfully than SHUSA;
changes in consumer spending and savings habits;
acts of terrorism or domestic or foreign military conflicts; and acts of God, including natural disasters;
regulatory or judicial proceedings;
a ratings downgrade or other credit event affecting sovereign debt of Spain or other European countries and the risk that a weakened European economy could affect U.S.-based financial institutions, counterparties with which SHUSA does business, and the stability of the global financial markets negatively;
the outcome of ongoing tax audits by federal, state and local income tax authorities that may require additional taxes, penalties, and interests to be paid by SHUSA as compared to what has been accrued or paid as of period-end; and
SHUSA's success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

If one or more of the factors affecting SHUSA's forward-looking information and statements proves incorrect, its actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking information and statements. Therefore, SHUSA cautions not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking information or statements. The effect of these factors is difficult to predict. Factors other than these also could adversely affect SHUSA's results, and the reader should not consider these factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. New factors emerge from time to time, and management cannot assess the impact of any such factor on SHUSA's business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause results to differ materially from those contained in any forward looking statement. Any forward-looking statements only speak as of the date of this document, and SHUSA undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking information or statements, whether written or oral, to reflect any change, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements attributable to SHUSA are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.


1




INDEX
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ex-31.1 Certification
 Ex-31.2 Certification
 Ex-32.1 Certification
 Ex-32.2 Certification
 EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
 EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

2




PART 1- FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited at September 30, 2013)
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
$
4,542,370

 
$
2,220,811

Investment securities:
 
 
 
Available-for-sale at fair value
11,547,446

 
18,684,020

Other investments
784,092

 
1,053,723

Loans held for investment
49,734,269

 
52,388,911

Allowance for loan losses
(875,971
)
 
(1,013,469
)
Net loans held for investment
48,858,298

 
51,375,442

Loans held for sale at fair value
171,612

 
843,442

Premises and equipment, net (1)
760,545

 
748,769

Accrued interest receivable
185,272

 
208,660

Equity method investments
2,996,235

 
2,834,469

Goodwill
3,431,481

 
3,431,481

Bank owned life insurance
1,639,385

 
1,605,008

Restricted cash
118,285

 
488,455

Deferred tax assets
801,104

 
780,423

Other assets (2)
1,234,655

 
1,515,499

TOTAL ASSETS
$
77,070,780

 
$
85,790,202

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and payables
1,358,589

 
1,479,286

Total deposits and other customer accounts
49,310,417

 
50,790,038

Borrowings and other debt obligations
12,150,987

 
19,264,206

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
213,604

 
168,042

Other liabilities
515,685

 
846,628

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
63,549,282

 
72,548,200

 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Preferred stock (no par value; $25,000 liquidation preference; 7,500,000 shares authorized; 8,000 shares outstanding at September 30, 2013 and at December 31, 2012)
195,445

 
195,445

Common stock (no par value; 800,000,000 shares authorized; 520,307,043 shares outstanding at September 30, 2013 and at December 31, 2012)
12,210,407

 
12,211,636

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income
(204,125
)
 
54,334

Retained earnings
1,319,771

 
780,587

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
13,521,498

 
13,242,002

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
77,070,780

 
$
85,790,202


(1) Net of accumulated depreciation of $538.7 million and $474.1 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2) Includes residential mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") of $138.1 million and $92.5 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, for which the Company has elected the fair value option.

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

3




SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
INTEREST INCOME:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
485,598

 
$
535,840

 
$
1,480,851

 
$
1,624,358

Interest-earning deposits
2,417

 
1,724

 
4,268

 
4,301

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale
67,205

 
91,599

 
240,383

 
281,506

Other investments
7,293

 
5,824

 
20,003

 
15,813

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME
562,513

 
634,987

 
1,745,505

 
1,925,978

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTEREST EXPENSE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits and customer accounts
51,560

 
58,986

 
161,898

 
175,479

Borrowings and other debt obligations
142,272

 
157,683

 
433,631

 
477,664

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE
193,832

 
216,669

 
595,529

 
653,143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
368,681

 
418,318

 
1,149,976

 
1,272,835

Provision for credit losses


71,000

 
26,850

 
281,800

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
368,681

 
347,318

 
1,123,126

 
991,035

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer fees
60,014

 
59,621

 
172,546

 
182,546

Commercial fees
45,275

 
44,655

 
145,318

 
134,384

Mortgage banking income, net
24,576

 
14,936

 
107,402

 
51,984

Equity method investments
70,330

 
106,427

 
365,067

 
370,325

Bank owned life insurance
13,701

 
13,701

 
42,683

 
44,643

Miscellaneous income
6,325

 
10,294

 
28,853

 
34,611

TOTAL FEES AND OTHER INCOME
220,221

 
249,634

 
861,869

 
818,493

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTTI recognized in earnings

 

 
(63,630
)
 

Net (loss)/gain on investment security sales
(23,422
)
 
(151
)
 
72,773

 
76,381

Net (loss)/gain on investment securities recognized in earnings
(23,422
)
 
(151
)
 
9,143

 
76,381

TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME
196,799

 
249,483

 
871,012

 
894,874

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
186,623

 
162,581

 
527,244

 
486,559

Occupancy and equipment expenses
97,774

 
82,915

 
280,322

 
243,072

Technology expense
35,715

 
29,019

 
95,835

 
83,146

Outside services
23,887

 
20,693

 
61,971

 
72,955

Marketing expense
14,967

 
7,628

 
30,178

 
22,254

Loan expense
16,794

 
20,147

 
54,474

 
64,809

Other administrative expenses
74,901

 
32,503

 
159,555

 
116,629

TOTAL GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
450,661

 
355,486

 
1,209,579

 
1,089,424

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangibles
6,557

 
8,871

 
21,373

 
28,944

Deposit insurance premiums and other expenses
12,574

 
22,859

 
55,824

 
66,823

Loss on debt extinguishment
288

 
195

 
558

 
6,834

PIERS litigation accrual

 
258,480

 

 
258,480

TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES
19,419

 
290,405

 
77,755

 
361,081

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME/(LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
95,400

 
(49,090
)
 
706,804

 
435,404

Income tax provision/(benefit)
18,692

 
(77,730
)
 
156,670

 
(5,950
)
NET INCOME
$
76,708

 
$
28,640

 
$
550,134

 
$
441,354


See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

4



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited)

 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
NET INCOME
$
76,708

 
$
28,640

 
$
550,134

 
$
441,354

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME, NET OF TAX
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
6,171

 
6,006

 
31,225

 
17,223

Net unrealized (losses)/gains on investment securities
(18,463
)
 
72,404

 
(291,331
)
 
91,580

Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain
549

 
565

 
1,647

 
1,693

TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME
(11,743
)
 
78,975

 
(258,459
)
 
110,496

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
$
64,965

 
$
107,615

 
$
291,675

 
$
551,850


See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


5




SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
FOR THE NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2012
(Unaudited)
(in thousands)
 
 
Common
Shares
Outstanding
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Total
Stockholder's
Equity
Balance, December 31, 2011
520,307

 
$
195,445

 
$
12,213,484

 
$
(46,718
)
 
$
233,952

 
$
12,596,163

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
110,496

 
441,354

 
551,850

Stock issued in connection with employee benefit and incentive compensation plans

 

 
(741
)
 

 

 
(741
)
Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

 

 

 
(10,950
)
 
(10,950
)
Balance, September 30, 2012
520,307

 
$
195,445

 
$
12,212,743

 
$
63,778

 
$
664,356

 
$
13,136,322



 
Common
Shares
Outstanding
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Total
Stockholder's
Equity
Balance, December 31, 2012
520,307

 
$
195,445

 
$
12,211,636

 
$
54,334

 
$
780,587

 
$
13,242,002

Comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

 
(258,459
)
 
550,134

 
291,675

Stock issued in connection with employee benefit and incentive compensation plans

 

 
(1,229
)
 

 

 
(1,229
)
Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

 

 

 
(10,950
)
 
(10,950
)
Balance, September 30, 2013
520,307

 
$
195,445

 
$
12,210,407

 
$
(204,125
)
 
$
1,319,771

 
$
13,521,498


See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

6



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)


 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013

2012
 
(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Net income
$
550,134

 
$
441,354

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
26,850

 
281,800

Deferred taxes
144,972

 
(36,248
)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
212,762

 
194,080

Net gain on sale of loans
(50,458
)
 
(20,932
)
Net gain on sale of investment securities
(72,773
)
 
(76,381
)
OTTI recognized in earnings
63,630

 

Loss on debt extinguishment
558

 
6,834

Net loss on real estate owned and premises and equipment
3,196

 
(541
)
Stock-based compensation
(1,229
)
 
(741
)
Equity earnings from equity method investments
(365,067
)
 
(370,325
)
Distributions from equity method investments, net
194,807

 
308,590

Origination of loans held for sale, net of repayments
(3,070,987
)
 
(2,916,586
)
Purchases of loans held-for-sale
(14,585
)
 

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale
3,766,016

 
2,582,762

Net change in:
 
 
 
Other assets and bank owned life insurance
177,076

 
119,903

Other liabilities
(326,797
)
 
680,657

Other
23,266

 
(25,430
)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
1,261,371

 
1,168,796

 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities
8,044,695

 
2,942,125

Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of available-for-sale investment securities
2,763,871

 
2,599,195

Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities
(4,170,437
)
 
(6,611,652
)
Proceeds from sales of other investments
292,033

 
39,269

Purchases of other investments
(22,260
)
 
(512,436
)
Net change in restricted cash
370,170

 
(357,206
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for investment
102,033

 
218,314

Purchases of loans held for investment
(1,436,523
)
 
(1,516,237
)
Net change in loans other than purchases and sales
3,779,145

 
(535,328
)
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned and premises and equipment
34,701

 
68,395

Purchases of premises and equipment
(129,657
)
 
(132,362
)
NET CASH PROVIDED/(USED) BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES
9,627,771

 
(3,797,923
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Net change in deposits and other customer accounts
(1,479,621
)
 
2,424,489

Net change in short-term borrowings
(6,843,812
)
 
1,772,364

Net proceeds from long-term borrowings
528,749

 
914,905

Repayments of long-term borrowings
(267,017
)
 
(1,780,667
)
Proceeds from FHLB advances (with maturities greater than 90 days)
1,500,000

 
1,000,000

Repayments of FHLB advances (with maturities greater than 90 days)
(2,040,494
)
 
(1,005,333
)
Net change in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
45,562

 
41,430

Cash dividends paid to preferred stockholders
(10,950
)
 
(10,950
)
NET CASH (USED)/PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(8,567,583
)
 
3,356,238

 
 
 
 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
2,321,559

 
727,111

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
2,220,811

 
2,623,963

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD
$
4,542,370

 
$
3,351,074

 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE
 
 
 
Net income taxes paid / (received)
$
93,566

 
$
(21,145
)
Interest paid
$
602,246

 
$
370,585

 
 
 
 
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS
 
 
 
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
$
60,171

 
$
40,796

Receipt of available-for-sale mortgage backed securities in exchange for mortgage loans held-for-sale
$

 
$
459,453

 
 
 
 


See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

7



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Introduction

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (“SHUSA” or the “Company”) is a Virginia corporation and the holding company of Santander Bank, National Association (the “Bank”). SHUSA is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts and the Bank's main office is in Wilmington, Delaware. SHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. (“Banco Santander”). The Bank, previously named Sovereign Bank, National Association, changed its name to Santander Bank, National Association on October 17, 2013.

The Bank’s primary business consists of attracting deposits from its network of retail branches, and originating small business loans, middle market, large and global commercial loans, multi-family loans, residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and auto and other consumer loans throughout the Mid-Atlantic and Northeastern areas of the United States, largely focused throughout Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Delaware and Maryland. The Bank uses its deposits, as well as other financing sources, to fund its loan and investment portfolios.

The Company has a significant equity-method investment in Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. ("SCUSA"), a Delaware corporation, with principal executive offices in Dallas, Texas. SCUSA is a full-service, technology-driven consumer finance company focused on vehicle finance and unsecured consumer lending products. As of September 30, 2013, the Company owned approximately 65% of SCUSA.

Basis of Presentation

These condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries including its principal subsidiary, the Bank, and have been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the condensed consolidated financial statements, prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), have been omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. However, in the opinion of management, the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairly the condensed consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, statements of comprehensive income, statement of stockholder's equity and statements of cash flows for the periods indicated, and contain adequate disclosure to make the information presented not misleading.

Accounting Policies

Management identified accounting for the consolidation, allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, goodwill, derivatives and hedging activities and income taxes as its most critical accounting policies as they are important to the portrayal of the Company's financial condition and results, and require management's most difficult, subjective or complex judgments as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2012.

As of September 30, 2013, there have been no significant changes to the Company's accounting policies as disclosed in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, except for the changes indicated in Note 2.
Reclassifications

Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, as detailed below. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

8



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

During the first quarter of 2013, the following changes were made:

The Company changed its presentation of the components of comprehensive income. Previously, the components of net income and comprehensive income were presented as one continuous statement. Starting with the first quarter of 2013, the components of net income and comprehensive income were presented as two separate but consecutive statements. There was no impact to any other statement or footnote from this change in presentation.

The Company reclassified the balance of deferred tax assets of $780.4 million at December 31, 2012 within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. This amount was reclassified from Other assets to Deferred tax assets. This reclassification had no effect on any other condensed consolidated financial statement.

The Company reclassified $1.5 billion from Other liabilities to Accrued expenses and payables within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012. This amount includes balances related to accrued interest expense, loans payable, miscellaneous payables, accrued federal, foreign and state tax, expense accruals and payroll, tax and benefits payables. This reclassification had no effect on any other condensed consolidated financial statement.

During the third quarter of 2013, the Company reclassified approximately $62.0 million of definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2012 from Core Deposit Intangibles and Other Intangibles, net to Other Assets within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. This reclassification had no effect on any other condensed consolidated financial statement.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated events from September 30, 2013, the date of these condensed consolidated financial statements, through the issuance of the condensed consolidated financial statements and has determined that there have been no material subsequent events, except for the Bank rebranding discussed above, segment changes described in Note 15 and tax matter in Note 10.



NOTE 2.  RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standard Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") 2013-02, an update to ASC 220, "Comprehensive Income," to improve the transparency of reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments require a company to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, a company is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, a company is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about these amounts. The amendments were effective for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2013. The implementation of ASU 2013-02 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results, operations or disclosures. The new disclosures required by ASU 2013-02 are included in Note 11, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.

9



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 2.  RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS (continued)

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, an update to ASC 210, "Balance Sheet," which requires companies to disclose both gross information and net information about both financial instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The amendment is designed to enhance disclosures about financial instruments and derivatives, which will allow the users of a company's financial statements to evaluate the effect of netting arrangements on a company's financial position. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01 to clarify the scope of disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities under ASU 2011-11. ASU 2013-01 provides that receivables are not within the scope of ASU 2011-11, and that ASU 2011-11 applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The amendments to ASC 210 were effective for the Company for interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and were applied retrospectively to the beginning of the first annual period presented. The implementation of ASU 2011-11 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures. The new disclosures required by ASU 2011-11 are included in Note 9, Derivatives.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, an update to ASC 350, "Intangibles-Goodwill and Other: Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment." This ASU provides that a company has the option first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as the basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step impairment test. The amendments to the ASC were effective January 1, 2013 and applied prospectively. The implementation of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, an update to ASC 405, "Liabilities." This ASU requires a company to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date as the sum of (a) the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and (b) any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This ASU also requires a company to disclose the nature and amount of the obligations as well as other information about those obligations. The amendments to this update are effective January 1, 2014 for the Company and should be applied retrospectively for all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements within the update's scope that exist at the beginning of the Company's fiscal year of adoption. The implementation of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, an update to ASC 815, "Derivatives and Hedging." This ASU permits the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in addition to UST and LIBOR. The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The provisions of this update were effective on July 17, 2013 for qualifying new or re-designated hedging relationships entered into on or after that date. Earlier application of the guidance is not permitted. The implementation of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures. Impact of the adoption of this guidance is discussed in Note 9.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, an update to ASC 740, "Income Taxes." This ASU provides explicit guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits, particularly the manner in which an entity would settle, at the reporting date, any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The provisions of this update are effective January 1, 2014 for the Company and should be applied prospectively; however, retrospective application is also permissible. Early adoption of the guidance is permitted. The disclosure impact of this guidance is currently being evaluated by the Company, but is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

10



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 3.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Available-for-Sale
Investment Securities Summary - Available-for-Sale
The following tables present the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and approximate fair values of securities available-for-sale at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
$
9,499

 
$
1

 
$

 
$
9,500

Debentures of FHLMC and FNMA (1)
29,997

 
2

 

 
29,999

Corporate debt securities
2,220,474

 
32,268

 
(16,126
)
 
2,236,616

Asset-backed securities
2,328,947

 
8,980

 
(2,318
)
 
2,335,609

Equity securities
10,249

 

 
(362
)
 
9,887

State and municipal securities
1,921,881

 
24,443

 
(56,315
)
 
1,890,009

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
1,961,488

 
127

 
(70,280
)
 
1,891,335

FHLMC and FNMA debt securities
3,273,626

 
1,511

 
(130,781
)
 
3,144,356

Non-agency securities
135

 

 

 
135

Total investment securities available-for-sale
$
11,756,296

 
$
67,332

 
$
(276,182
)
 
$
11,547,446

 
December 31, 2012
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities
$
8,996

 
$

 
$

 
$
8,996

Debentures of FHLMC and FNMA (1)
1,150

 

 

 
1,150

Corporate debt securities
2,634,602

 
72,290

 
(1,186
)
 
2,705,706

Asset-backed securities
1,825,950

 
5,628

 
(12,741
)
 
1,818,837

Equity securities
5,108

 
113

 
(5
)
 
5,216

State and municipal securities
1,973,559

 
89,637

 
(2,904
)
 
2,060,292

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
6,345,891

 
72,185

 
(5,342
)
 
6,412,734

FHLMC and FNMA debt securities
5,617,925

 
58,721

 
(5,750
)
 
5,670,896

Non-agency securities
193

 

 

 
193

Total investment securities available-for-sale
$
18,413,374

 
$
298,574

 
$
(27,928
)
 
$
18,684,020

(1) Federal Home Loan Mortgage Company ("FHLMC") and Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA")

The Company continuously evaluates its investment strategies in light of changes in the regulatory and market environments that could have an impact on capital and liquidity. Based on this evaluation, it is reasonably possible the Company may elect to pursue other strategies relative to its investment securities portfolio.

As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had investment securities available for sale with an estimated fair value of $3.9 billion and $5.3 billion, respectively, pledged as collateral, which was made up of the following: $2.9 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure public fund deposits; $483.6 million and $2.7 billion, respectively, were pledged at various brokers to secure repurchase agreements, support hedging relationships, and for recourse on loans sales; and $537.7 million and $535.2 million, respectively, were pledged to secure the Bank's customer overnight sweep product.

At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $58.7 million and $78.7 million, respectively, of accrued interest related to investment securities.

11



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 3.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

The Company's state and municipal bond portfolio primarily consists of general obligation bonds of states, cities, counties and school districts. The portfolio had a weighted average underlying credit risk rating of AA as of September 30, 2013. The largest geographic concentrations of state and local municipal bonds are in Texas, Florida, California and Washington, which represented 14.7%, 12.3%, 11.9%, and 10.6%, respectively, of the total portfolio. No other state comprised more than 10% of the total portfolio.

Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities
Contractual maturities of the Company’s debt securities available-for-sale at September 30, 2013 are as follows:
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
Due within one year
$
608,567

 
$
611,081

Due after 1 year but within 5 years
2,791,827

 
2,811,986

Due after 5 years but within 10 years
905,882

 
904,439

Due after 10 years
7,439,771

 
7,210,053

Total
$
11,746,047

 
$
11,537,559


Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities when there is a right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available-for-Sale
The following tables present the aggregate amount of unrealized losses as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 on securities in the Company’s investment portfolio classified according to the amount of time that those securities have been in a continuous loss position:
 
September 30, 2013
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
(in thousands)
Corporate debt securities
$
836,327

 
$
(16,126
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
836,327

 
$
(16,126
)
Asset-backed securities
522,619

 
(2,042
)
 
24,253

 
(276
)
 
546,872

 
(2,318
)
Equity securities
9,835

 
(362
)
 

 

 
9,835

 
(362
)
State and municipal securities
845,240

 
(56,315
)
 

 

 
845,240

 
(56,315
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
1,730,560

 
(63,632
)
 
148,241

 
(6,648
)
 
1,878,801

 
(70,280
)
FHLMC and FNMA debt securities
2,998,230

 
(128,281
)
 
114,866

 
(2,500
)
 
3,113,096

 
(130,781
)
Total
$
6,942,811

 
$
(266,758
)
 
$
287,360

 
$
(9,424
)
 
$
7,230,171

 
$
(276,182
)
 
December 31, 2012
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
(in thousands)
Corporate debt securities
$
354,844

 
$
(1,175
)
 
$
14,974

 
$
(11
)
 
$
369,818

 
$
(1,186
)
Asset-backed securities
374,142

 
(12,395
)
 
59,150

 
(346
)
 
433,292

 
(12,741
)
Equity securities
5,094

 
(5
)
 

 

 
5,094

 
(5
)
State and municipal securities
192,271

 
(2,904
)
 

 

 
192,271

 
(2,904
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
925,367

 
(4,800
)
 
97,531

 
(542
)
 
1,022,898

 
(5,342
)
FHLMC and FNMA debt securities
2,224,013

 
(5,750
)
 

 

 
2,224,013

 
(5,750
)
Total
$
4,075,731

 
$
(27,029
)
 
$
171,655

 
$
(899
)
 
$
4,247,386

 
$
(27,928
)

12



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 3.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

Management evaluates all securities in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") on at least a quarterly basis. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. The OTTI assessment is a subjective process requiring the use of judgments and assumptions. During the securities-level assessments, consideration is given to (1) the intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the ability to collect the future expected cash flows. Key assumptions utilized to forecast expected cash flows may include loss severity, expected cumulative loss percentage, cumulative loss percentage to date, weighted average FICO and weighted average LTV, or rating/scoring, as applicable.

The Company assesses and recognizes OTTI in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Under these standards, if the Company determines that impairment on its debt securities is other-than-temporary and it has made the decision to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, it recognizes the entire portion of the unrealized loss in earnings. If the Company has not made a decision to sell the security and it does not expect that it will be required to sell the security prior to the recovery of the amortized cost basis but the Company has determined that OTTI exists, it recognizes only the credit component of OTTI in earnings.

As a result of rising market interest rates, management made the decision during the second quarter of 2013 to reposition its balance sheet. Consistent with this strategy, the Company designated certain available-for-sale investment securities with a book value of $2.5 billion to be sold, which were in an unrealized loss position due to changes in market rates and asset spreads. The intent to sell these securities resulted in the Company recording $63.6 million of OTTI in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations during the second quarter of 2013. All of the securities designated for sale were sold in the third quarter of 2013, which at the time of sale had a book value of $2.3 billion. The Company incurred an additional loss on the sale of these securities during the third quarter of 2013 of $23.5 million. The Company did not record any OTTI in earnings related to its investment securities in the three-month period ended September 30, 2013 or the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012.

Management has concluded that the remaining unrealized losses on its debt and equity investment securities for which it has not recognized OTTI (which was comprised of 286 individual securities) are temporary in nature since (1) they are not related to the underlying credit quality of the issuers, (2) the entire contractual principal and interest due on the security is currently expected to be recoverable, (3) the Company does not intend to sell these investments at a loss and (4) it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis, which may be maturity. Accordingly, the Company has concluded that the impairment on these securities is not other-than-temporary.

Gains (Losses) and Proceeds on Sales of Securities

Proceeds from sales of investment securities and the realized gross gains and losses from those sales are as follows:
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities
$
2,349,525

 
$
27,260

 
$
8,044,695

 
$
2,942,125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross realized gains
48

 
8

 
115,229

 
77,470

Gross realized losses
(23,470
)
 
(159
)
 
(42,456
)
 
(1,089
)
OTTI

 

 
(63,630
)
 

    Net realized (losses)/gains
$
(23,422
)
 
$
(151
)
 
$
9,143

 
$
76,381


The Company uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of the securities sold and the gain or loss recognized.


13



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 3.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

The net loss realized for the three-month period ended September 30, 2013 was primarily due to the sale of mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"), including collateralized mortgage obligations, with a book value of $2.3 billion for a loss of $24.2 million. The net realized gain for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 also included the sale of collateralized mortgage obligations with a book value of $4.1 billion for a gain of $69.0 million and corporate debt securities with a book value of $905.7 million, for a gain of $34.7 million offset by the OTTI charge of $63.6 million and fair market value changes on derivative positions related to investment security sales.

Other Investments

Other investments primarily include the Company's investment in the stock of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and the Federal Reserve Bank (the "Federal Reserve") with carrying amounts of $764.3 million and $1.0 billion as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The stocks do not have readily determinable fair values because their ownership is restricted and they lack a market. The stocks can be sold back only at their par value of $100 per share and only to the FHLBs or the Federal Reserve. Accordingly, these stocks are carried at cost. During the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, the Company sold $225.8 million and $292.0 million of FHLB stock, respectively, at par. There was no gain or loss associated with these sales.

Other investments also includes an FHLB certificate of deposit ("CD") with a maturity date of September 2014 and carrying amounts of $19.8 million and $19.7 million as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company has the positive intent and ability to hold these investments until maturity. Accordingly, the investments are classified as part of Other investments in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company evaluates these investments for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.


NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Overall

The Company's loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income, cumulative charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments (collectively, the "Allowance for Credit Losses") to provide for losses inherent in its portfolio. Certain loans are pledged as collateral for borrowings. These loans totaled $36.1 billion at September 30, 2013 and $40.1 billion at December 31, 2012.

The Company engages in direct and leveraged lease financing, which totaled $1.0 billion at September 30, 2013 and $945.2 million at December 31, 2012. Direct financing leases are recorded as the aggregate of minimum lease payments receivable plus the estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, a form of direct financing leases, are recorded net of related non-recourse debt. Leases are included within commercial and industrial loans.

Loans that the Company has the intent to sell are classified as loans held for sale ("LHFS"). The LHFS portfolio at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 primarily consisted of fixed-rate residential mortgages. The balance at September 30, 2013 was $171.6 million, compared to $843.4 million at December 31, 2012. LHFS are reported at fair value. For discussion on the valuation of LHFS, see Note 14.

Interest income on loans is accrued based on the contractual interest rate and the principal amount outstanding, except for those loans classified as non-accrual. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, accrued interest receivable on the Company's loans was $126.6 million and $130.0 million, respectively.



14



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

During the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, the Company purchased $204.8 million and $522.7 million, respectively, of performing commercial and industrial loans. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company purchased $660.1 million of performing multifamily loans.

Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition

The following table presents the composition of the gross loans held for investment by type of loan and by fixed and variable rates at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial loans held for investment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate loans
$
9,460,234

 
19.0
%
 
$
10,034,868

 
19.2
%
Commercial and industrial loans
12,503,691

 
25.1
%
 
13,692,020

 
26.1
%
Multi-family loans
8,161,486

 
16.4
%
 
7,572,555

 
14.4
%
Other commercial (2)
1,736,767

 
3.5
%
 
1,631,896

 
3.1
%
Total commercial loans held for investment
31,862,178

 
64.0
%
 
32,931,339

 
62.8
%
Consumer loans secured by real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
9,534,356

 
19.2
%
 
10,400,967

 
19.8
%
Home equity loans and lines of credit
6,353,441

 
12.8
%
 
6,638,466

 
12.7
%
Total consumer loans secured by real estate
15,887,797

 
32.0
%
 
17,039,433

 
32.5
%
Consumer loans not secured by real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auto loans
119,921

 
0.2
%
 
295,398

 
0.6
%
Other consumer (3)
1,864,373

 
3.8
%
 
2,122,741

 
4.1
%
Total consumer loans
17,872,091

 
36.0
%
 
19,457,572

 
37.2
%
Total loans held for investment (1)
$
49,734,269

 
100.0
%
 
$
52,388,911

 
100.0
%
Total loans held for investment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate
$
23,316,523

 
46.9
%
 
$
24,056,174

 
45.9
%
Variable rate
26,417,746

 
53.1
%
 
28,332,737

 
54.1
%
Total loans held for investment (1)
$
49,734,269

 
100.0
%
 
$
52,388,911

 
100.0
%

(1)
Total loans held for investment includes deferred loan fees, net of deferred origination costs and unamortized purchase premiums, net of discounts as well as purchase accounting adjustments. These items resulted in a net increase in loan balances of $143.1 million and $76.9 million as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)
Other commercial primarily includes commercial equipment vehicle funding leases and loans.
(3)
Other consumer primarily includes recreational vehicles, marine and auto loans.



15



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Rollforward of Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table presents the activities in the allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated:
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period
$
924,862

 
$
1,055,501

 
$
1,013,469

 
$
1,083,492

Allowance recorded as part of loans transferred from Banco Santander

 
413

 

 
3,754

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
30,665

 
78,897

 
101,251

 
263,005

Consumer secured by real estate
22,289

 
51,802

 
70,598

 
125,876

Consumer not secured by real estate
23,052

 
39,765

 
73,965

 
89,185

Total charge-offs
76,006

 
170,464

 
245,814

 
478,066

Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
15,703

 
11,421

 
47,207

 
31,979

Consumer secured by real estate
3,643

 
1,503

 
10,379

 
5,858

Consumer not secured by real estate
7,769

 
10,747

 
23,880

 
29,819

Total recoveries
27,115

 
23,671

 
81,466

 
67,656

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
48,891

 
146,793

 
164,348

 
410,410

Provision for loan losses (1)

 
71,000

 
26,850

 
303,285

Allowance for loan losses, end of period
875,971

 
980,121

 
$
875,971

 
$
980,121

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
210,000

 
235,000

 
$
210,000

 
$
256,485

Release of provision for unfunded lending commitments (1)

 

 

 
(21,485
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period
210,000

 
235,000

 
$
210,000

 
$
235,000

Total allowance for credit losses, end of period
$
1,085,971

 
$
1,215,121

 
$
1,085,971

 
$
1,215,121


(1)
The Company defines the provision for credit losses in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations as the sum of the total provision for loan losses and provision for unfunded lending commitments.

Non-performing Assets
The following table presents the composition of non-performing assets at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Non-accrual loans:
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
$
273,589

 
$
291,236

Commercial and industrial
82,328

 
122,111

Multi-family
25,998

 
58,587

Total commercial loans
381,915

 
471,934

Consumer:
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
482,758

 
511,382

Consumer loans secured by real estate
144,793

 
170,486

Consumer loans not secured by real estate
12,480

 
18,874

Total consumer loans
640,031

 
700,742

Total non-accrual loans
1,021,946

 
1,172,676

Other real estate owned
87,886

 
65,962

Other repossessed assets
3,817

 
3,301

Total other real estate owned and other repossessed assets
91,703

 
69,263

Total non-performing assets
$
1,113,649

 
$
1,241,939


16



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Impaired Loans
Impaired loans are generally defined as all troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) plus commercial non-accrual loans in excess of $1.0 million.
The following table summarizes impaired loans:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Impaired loans with a related allowance
$
894,719

 
$
1,029,392

Impaired loans without a related allowance
311,787

 
360,815

Total impaired loans
$
1,206,506

 
$
1,390,207

Allowance for loan losses reserved for impaired loans
$
224,120

 
$
267,054


Portfolio segments and classes

U.S. GAAP requires that entities disclose information about the credit quality of their financing receivables at disaggregated levels, specifically defined as “portfolio segments” and “classes,” based on management’s systematic methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses. For this, compared to the financial statement categorization of loans, the Company utilizes an alternate categorization to model and calculate the allowance for credit losses and track the credit quality, delinquency and impairment status of the underlying commercial and consumer loan populations.

In disaggregating its financing receivables portfolio, the Company’s methodology begins with the commercial and consumer segments. The commercial segmentation reflects line of business distinctions. “Corporate banking” includes the majority of commercial and industrial loans as well as related owner-occupied real estate. “Middle market commercial real estate” represents the portfolio of specialized lending for investment real estate. “Continuing care retirement communities” is the portfolio of financing for continuing care retirement communities. “Santander real estate capital” is the real estate portfolio of the specialized lending group. “Remaining commercial” represents principally the commercial equipment and vehicle funding ("CEVF") business.

The consumer segmentation reflects product structure, with minor variations from the financial statement categories. “Home mortgages” is generally residential mortgages, while “Self-originated home equity” excludes purchased home equity portfolios. “Indirect purchased” represents an acquired portfolio of marine and recreational vehicle contracts. Indirect auto loans, direct auto loans and purchased home equity loans comprise the majority of balances in “Remaining consumer.” “Credit cards” includes all unsecured consumer credit cards.

The following table reconciles the Company's recorded investment classified by its major loan classifications to its loan classifications utilized in its determination of the allowance for loan losses and other credit quality disclosures at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

17



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)


 
NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Commercial Portfolio Segment(2)
Major Loan
Classifications(1)
September 30, 2013
 
Corporate Banking
 
Continuing Care Retirement Communities
 
Middle Market Commercial Real Estate
 
Santander Real Estate Capital
 
Remaining Commercial
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Commercial loans held for investment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
 
$
3,824,222

 
$
184,431

 
$
3,360,399

 
$
2,091,182

 
$


$
9,460,234

Commercial and industrial loans
 
12,307,090

 

 
191,628

 
1,431

 
3,542

 
12,503,691

Multi-family loans
 
215,658

 

 
184,431

 
7,761,397

 

 
8,161,486

Other commercial
 
653,815

 

 

 

 
1,082,952

 
1,736,767

Total commercial loans held for investment
 
$
17,000,785

 
$
184,431

 
$
3,736,458

 
$
9,854,010

 
$
1,086,494

 
$
31,862,178


(1)
These represent the Company's loan categories based on the SEC's Regulation S-X, Article 9.
(2)
These represent the Company's loan classes used to determine its allowance for loan and lease losses in accordance with ASC 310-10.

Consumer Portfolio Segment(2)
Major Loan
Classifications(1)
September 30, 2013
 
Home Mortgages(3)
 
Self-originated home equity
 
Indirect Purchased
 
Credit Cards
 
Remaining Consumer
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Consumer loans secured by real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
 
$
9,534,232

 
$
124

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
9,534,356

Home equity loans and lines of credit
 

 
6,087,036

 

 

 
266,405

 
6,353,441

Total consumer loans secured by real estate
 
9,534,232

 
6,087,160

 

 

 
266,405

 
15,887,797

Consumer loans not secured by real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auto loans
 

 

 

 

 
119,921

 
119,921

Other consumer
 

 

 
1,226,876

 
207,818

 
429,679

 
1,864,373

Total consumer loans held for investment
 
$
9,534,232


$
6,087,160

 
$
1,226,876

 
$
207,818

 
$
816,005

 
$
17,872,091


(1)
These represent the Company's loan categories based on the SEC's Regulation S-X, Article 9.
(2)
    These represent the Company's loan classes used to determine its allowance for loan and lease losses in accordance with ASC 310-10.
(3)
Home mortgages exclude $171.6 million of LHFS.

Commercial Portfolio Segment(2)
Major Loan Classifications(1)
 December 31, 2012
 
Corporate Banking
 
Continuing Care Retirement Communities
 
Middle Market Commercial Real Estate
 
Santander Real Estate Capital
 
Remaining Commercial
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Commercial loans held for investment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
 
$
4,133,449

 
$
237,390

 
$
3,283,418

 
$
2,380,611

 
$

 
$
10,034,868

Commercial and industrial loans
 
13,441,238

 
15,279

 
200,630

 
26,822

 
8,051

 
13,692,020

Multi-family loans
 
223,009

 

 
212,176

 
7,137,370

 

 
7,572,555

Other commercial
 
615,225

 

 

 

 
1,016,671

 
1,631,896

Total commercial loans held for investment
 
$
18,412,921

 
$
252,669

 
$
3,696,224

 
$
9,544,803

 
$
1,024,722

 
$
32,931,339


(1)
These represent the Company's loan categories based on the SEC's Regulation S-X, Article 9.
(2)
These represent the Company's loan classes used to determine its allowance for loan and lease losses in accordance with ASC 310-10.

18



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Consumer Portfolio Segment(2)
Major Loan
Classifications(1)
 December 31, 2012
 
Home Mortgages(3)
 
Self-originated home equity
 
Indirect Purchased
 
Credit Cards
 
Remaining Consumer
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Consumer loans secured by real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
 
$
10,399,879

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,088

 
$
10,400,967

Home equity loans and lines of credit
 

 
6,333,426

 

 

 
305,040

 
6,638,466

Total consumer loans secured by real estate
 
10,399,879

 
6,333,426

 

 

 
306,128

 
17,039,433

Consumer loans not secured by real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auto loans
 

 

 

 

 
295,398

 
295,398

Other consumer
 

 

 
1,473,278

 
214,542

 
434,921

 
2,122,741

Total consumer loans held for investment
 
$
10,399,879

 
$
6,333,426

 
$
1,473,278

 
$
214,542

 
$
1,036,447

 
$
19,457,572


(1)
These represent the Company's loan categories based on the SEC's Regulation S-X, Article 9.
(2)
These represent the Company's loan classes used to determine its allowance for loan and lease losses in accordance with ASC 310-10.
(3)
Home mortgages exclude $843.4 million of LHFS.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Rollforward by Portfolio Segment
The activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:
 
Three-Month Period Ended September 30, 2013
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
$
509,052

 
$
372,343

 
$
43,467

 
$
924,862

Provision for loan losses
(23,525
)
 
50,730

 
(27,205
)
 

Charge-offs
(30,665
)
 
(45,341
)
 

 
(76,006
)
Recoveries
15,703

 
11,412

 

 
27,115

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(14,962
)
 
(33,929
)
 

 
(48,891
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period
$
470,565

 
$
389,144

 
$
16,262

 
$
875,971

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2013
 
(in thousands)
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period
$
580,931

 
$
407,259

 
$
25,279

 
$
1,013,469

Provision for loan losses
(56,322
)
 
92,189

 
(9,017
)
 
26,850

Charge-offs
(101,251
)
 
(144,563
)
 

 
(245,814
)
Recoveries
47,207

 
34,259

 

 
81,466

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(54,044
)
 
(110,304
)
 

 
(164,348
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period
$
470,565

 
$
389,144

 
$
16,262

 
$
875,971

Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
$
82,065

 
$
142,055

 
$

 
$
224,120

Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
$
388,500

 
$
247,089

 
$
16,262

 
$
651,851

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance
$
31,862,178

 
$
18,043,703

 
$

 
$
49,905,881

Ending balance, evaluated at fair value(1)
$

 
$
171,612

 
$

 
$
171,612

Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
$
447,404

 
$
759,102

 
$

 
$
1,206,506

Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
$
31,414,774

 
$
17,112,989

 
$

 
$
48,527,763

(1)
Represents LHFS
(2)
Consumer loans individually evaluated for impairment consists of loans in TDR status

19



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

 
Three-Month Period Ended September 30, 2012
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
$
656,883

 
$
357,543

 
$
41,075

 
$
1,055,501

Allowance recorded as part of loans transferred from Banco Santander
413

 

 

 
413

Provision for loan losses
(1,457
)
 
109,808

 
(37,351
)
 
71,000

Charge-offs
(78,897
)
 
(91,567
)
 

 
(170,464
)
Recoveries
11,421

 
12,250

 

 
23,671

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(67,476
)
 
(79,317
)
 

 
(146,793
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period
$
588,363

 
$
388,034

 
$
3,724

 
$
980,121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2012
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period
$
766,865

 
$
292,816

 
$
23,811

 
$
1,083,492

Allowance recorded as part of loans transferred from Banco Santander
3,754

 

 

 
3,754

Provision for loan losses
48,770

 
274,602

 
(20,087
)
 
303,285

Charge-offs
(263,005
)
 
(215,061
)
 

 
(478,066
)
Recoveries
31,979

 
35,677

 

 
67,656

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(231,026
)
 
(179,384
)
 

 
(410,410
)
Allowance for loan losses, end of period
$
588,363

 
$
388,034

 
$
3,724

 
$
980,121

Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
$
108,663

 
$
149,769

 
$

 
$
258,432

Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
$
479,700

 
$
238,265

 
$
3,724

 
$
721,689

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance
$
32,057,426

 
$
20,906,964

 
$

 
$
52,964,390

Ending balance, evaluated at fair value(1)
$

 
$
772,088

 
$

 
$
772,088

Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment(2)
$
578,473

 
$
747,276

 
$

 
$
1,325,749

Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
$
31,478,953

 
$
19,387,600

 
$

 
$
50,866,553

(1)
Represents LHFS
(2)
Consumer loans individually evaluated for impairment consists of loans in TDR status

Non-accrual loans by Class of Financing Receivable

The recorded investments in non-accrual loans disaggregated by class of financing receivables are summarized as follows:

 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Non-accrual loans:
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
Corporate banking
$
176,623

 
$
213,922

Middle market commercial real estate
122,137

 
98,826

Continuing care retirement communities
59,357

 
91,247

Santander real estate capital
19,585

 
65,809

Remaining commercial
4,213

 
2,130

Total commercial loans
381,915

 
471,934

Consumer:
 
 
 
Home mortgages
482,758

 
511,382

Self-originated home equity
107,617

 
122,985

Indirect purchased
3,940

 
5,698

Remaining consumer
45,716

 
60,677

Total consumer loans
640,031

 
700,742

Total non-accrual loans
$
1,021,946

 
$
1,172,676


20



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans

The age of recorded investments in past due loans and accruing loans greater than 90 days past due disaggregated by class of financing receivables is summarized as follows:
 
As of September 30, 2013

30-59
Days Past
Due
 
60-89
Days
Past
Due
 
Greater
Than 90
Days
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
Financing
Receivables
(1)
 
Recorded Investment
> 90 Days
and
Accruing
 
(in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate banking
$
41,947

 
$
14,096

 
$
111,676

 
$
167,719

 
$
16,833,066

 
$
17,000,785

 
$

Middle market commercial real estate
3,279

 

 
74,320

 
77,599

 
3,658,859

 
3,736,458

 

Continuing care retirement communities
8,841

 

 
26,223

 
35,064

 
149,367

 
184,431

 

Santander real estate capital
13,967

 
4,340

 
8,242

 
26,549

 
9,827,461

 
9,854,010

 

Remaining commercial
3,088

 
2,859

 
1,642

 
7,589

 
1,078,905

 
1,086,494

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages
162,757

 
89,612

 
380,726

 
633,095

 
9,072,749

 
9,705,844

 

Self-originated home equity
23,201

 
13,286

 
74,236

 
110,723

 
5,976,437

 
6,087,160

 

Indirect purchased
9,116

 
3,830

 
2,976

 
15,922

 
1,210,954

 
1,226,876

 

Credit cards
2,017

 
1,020

 
2,491

 
5,528

 
202,290

 
207,818

 
2,491

Remaining consumer
21,736

 
12,965

 
38,556

 
73,257

 
742,748

 
816,005

 

Total
$
289,949

 
$
142,008

 
$
721,088

 
$
1,153,045

 
$
48,752,836

 
$
49,905,881

 
$
2,491


 
As of December 31, 2012

30-59
Days Past
Due
 
60-89
Days Past
Due
 
Greater
Than 90
Days
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
Financing
Receivables
(1)
 
Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and
Accruing
 
(in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate banking
$
42,430

 
$
37,701

 
$
128,517

 
$
208,648

 
$
18,204,273

 
$
18,412,921

 
$

Middle market commercial real estate
11,495

 
31,939

 
30,387

 
73,821

 
3,622,403

 
3,696,224

 

Continuing care retirement communities
9,616

 

 
11,163

 
20,779

 
231,890

 
252,669

 

Santander real estate capital
16,925

 
26,618

 
27,048

 
70,591

 
9,474,212

 
9,544,803

 

Remaining commercial
1,906

 
266

 
1,464

 
3,636

 
1,021,086

 
1,024,722

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages
208,875

 
99,361

 
398,450

 
706,686

 
10,536,635

 
11,243,321

 

Self-originated home equity
34,112

 
15,301

 
82,356

 
131,769

 
6,201,657

 
6,333,426

 

Indirect purchased
12,495

 
6,040

 
4,317

 
22,852

 
1,450,426

 
1,473,278

 

Credit cards
1,785

 
1,245

 
3,052

 
6,082

 
208,460

 
214,542

 
3,052

Remaining consumer
52,863

 
18,382

 
50,634

 
121,879

 
914,568

 
1,036,447

 

Total
$
392,502

 
$
236,853

 
$
737,388

 
$
1,366,743

 
$
51,865,610

 
$
53,232,353

 
$
3,052


(1)
Financing receivables include LHFS.


21



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Impaired Loans by Class of Financing Receivable

Impaired loans disaggregated by class of financing receivables, excluding purchased impaired loans, are summarized as follows:

 
 
September 30, 2013
 
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Specific
Reserves
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
 
(in thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate banking
 
$
60,823

 
$
82,444

 
$

 
$
64,042

Middle market commercial real estate
 
43,768

 
48,145

 

 
57,160

Continuing care retirement communities
 
46,211

 
64,093

 

 
39,766

Santander real estate capital
 
20,324

 
20,324

 

 
22,221

Remaining commercial
 
3,482

 
3,482

 

 
5,750

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages
 
95,764

 
95,764

 

 
100,684

Self-originated home equity
 
32,515

 
32,515

 

 
36,232

Indirect purchased
 
967

 
2,548

 

 
1,185

Remaining consumer
 
7,934

 
9,418

 

 
9,261

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate banking
 
145,715

 
164,267

 
56,575

 
175,984

Middle market commercial real estate
 
71,573

 
94,518

 
14,515

 
74,787

Continuing care retirement communities
 
39,410

 
97,827

 
7,825

 
57,694

Santander real estate capital
 
16,098

 
16,098

 
3,150

 
43,210

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages
 
546,479

 
602,747

 
131,363

 
538,223

Self-originated home equity
 
54,365

 
63,562

 
5,135

 
49,359

  Credit cards
 
3,017

 
3,017

 
991

 
4,472

  Remaining consumer
 
18,061

 
25,035

 
4,566

 
18,328

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
$
447,404

 
$
591,198

 
$
82,065

 
$
540,614

Consumer
 
759,102

 
834,606

 
142,055

 
757,744

Total
 
$
1,206,506

 
$
1,425,804

 
$
224,120

 
$
1,298,358

(1)
Recorded investment includes deferred loan fees, net of deferred origination costs and unamortized purchase premiums, net of discounts as well as purchase accounting adjustments.


The Company recognized interest income of $17.9 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 on approximately $660.3 million of TDRs that were returned to performing status as of September 30, 2013.

22



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Specific
Reserves
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
 
(in thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Corporate banking
 
$
67,261

 
$
89,023

 
$

 
$
54,950

  Middle market commercial real estate
 
70,551

 
71,165

 

 
76,328

  Continuing care retirement communities
 
33,321

 
33,321

 

 
40,109

  Santander real estate capital
 
24,118

 
24,118

 

 
23,921

  Remaining commercial
 
8,017

 
8,017

 

 
12,537

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Home mortgages
 
105,604

 
105,604

 

 
52,802

  Self-originated home equity
 
39,950

 
39,950

 

 
39,136

  Indirect purchased
 
1,404

 
3,231

 

 
702

  Remaining consumer
 
10,589

 
14,588

 

 
14,763

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Corporate banking
 
206,253

 
226,594

 
59,740

 
204,842

  Middle market commercial real estate
 
78,001

 
92,845

 
16,620

 
105,058

  Continuing care retirement communities
 
75,977

 
139,115

 
20,773

 
122,766

  Santander real estate capital
 
70,323

 
79,116

 
15,651

 
93,713

Remaining commercial
 

 

 

 
979

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Home mortgages
 
529,966

 
584,571

 
138,629

 
512,199

  Self-originated home equity
 
44,352

 
56,691

 
7,532

 
22,176

  Credit cards
 
5,926

 
5,926

 
3,420

 
2,963

  Remaining consumer
 
18,594

 
26,253

 
4,689

 
9,297

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
$
633,822

 
$
763,314

 
$
112,784

 
$
735,203

Consumer
 
756,385

 
836,814

 
154,270

 
654,038

Total
 
$
1,390,207

 
$
1,600,128

 
$
267,054

 
$
1,389,241

(1)
Recorded investment includes deferred loan fees, net of deferred origination costs and unamortized purchase premiums, net of discounts as well as purchase accounting adjustments.

The Company recognized interest income of $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 on approximately $673.3 million of TDRs that were returned to performing status as of December 31, 2012.

Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators

Commercial credit quality disaggregated by class of financing receivables is summarized according to standard regulatory classifications as follows:

PASS. Asset is well-protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or guarantors, if any, or by the fair value less costs to acquire and sell any underlying collateral in a timely manner.

SPECIAL MENTION. Asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention, which, if left uncorrected, may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for an asset at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified.

23



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

SUBSTANDARD. Asset is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. A well-defined weakness or weaknesses exist that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. The loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected.

DOUBTFUL. Exhibits the inherent weaknesses of a substandard credit. Additional characteristics exist that make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values. Possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the credit, an estimated loss cannot yet be determined.

LOSS. Credit is considered uncollectible and of such little value that it does not warrant consideration as an active asset. There may be some recovery or salvage value, but there is doubt as to whether, how much or when the recovery would occur.

Commercial loan credit quality indicators by class of financing receivables are summarized as follows:

September 30, 2013
 
Corporate
banking
 
Middle
market
commercial
real estate
 
Continuing
care
retirement
communities
 
Santander
real estate
capital
 
Remaining
commercial
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Regulatory Rating:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
 
$
16,029,546

 
$
3,359,746

 
$
63,438

 
$
9,480,310

 
$
1,082,039

 
$
30,015,079

Special Mention
 
367,588

 
83,199

 
11,487

 
187,568

 
682

 
650,524

Substandard
 
565,209

 
251,226

 
63,205

 
179,500

 
3,773

 
1,062,913

Doubtful
 
38,442

 
42,287

 
46,301

 
6,632

 

 
133,662

Total commercial loans
 
$
17,000,785

 
$
3,736,458

 
$
184,431

 
$
9,854,010

 
$
1,086,494

 
$
31,862,178


December 31, 2012
 
Corporate
banking
 
Middle
market
commercial
real estate
 
Continuing
care
retirement
communities
 
Santander
real estate
capital
 
Remaining
commercial
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Regulatory Rating:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
 
$
17,376,125

 
$
2,818,196

 
$
58,378

 
$
8,981,161

 
$
1,001,611

 
$
30,235,471

Special Mention
 
429,425

 
527,544

 
34,190

 
326,795

 
13,981

 
1,331,935

Substandard
 
520,677

 
299,639

 
89,034

 
196,711

 
9,130

 
1,115,191

Doubtful
 
86,694

 
50,845

 
71,067

 
40,136

 

 
248,742

Total commercial loans
 
$
18,412,921

 
$
3,696,224

 
$
252,669

 
$
9,544,803

 
$
1,024,722

 
$
32,931,339


Consumer Lending Asset Quality Indicators - Class of Financing Receivables

Consumer credit quality disaggregated by class of financing receivables is summarized as follows:

September 30, 2013
 
Home
mortgages
 
Self-originated
home equity
 
Indirect
purchased
 
Credit
cards
 
Remaining
consumer
 
Total(1)
 
 
(in thousands)
Performing
 
$
9,223,086

 
$
5,979,543

 
$
1,222,936

 
$
207,818

 
$
770,289

 
$
17,403,672

Non-performing
 
482,758

 
107,617

 
3,940

 

 
45,716

 
640,031

Total consumer loans
 
$
9,705,844

 
$
6,087,160

 
$
1,226,876

 
$
207,818

 
$
816,005

 
$
18,043,703


24



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

December 31, 2012
 
Home
mortgages
 
Self-originated
home equity
 
Indirect
purchased
 
Credit
cards
 
Remaining
consumer
 
Total(1)
 
 
(in thousands)
Performing
 
$
10,731,939

 
$
6,210,441

 
$
1,467,580

 
$
214,542

 
$
975,770

 
$
19,600,272

Non-performing
 
511,382

 
122,985

 
5,698

 

 
60,677

 
700,742

Total consumer loans
 
$
11,243,321

 
$
6,333,426

 
$
1,473,278

 
$
214,542

 
$
1,036,447

 
$
20,301,014

(1)
Financing receivables include LHFS.

Consumer Lending Asset Quality Indicators-Credit Score

Remaining consumer and credit card financing receivables by credit score are summarized as follows:
September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Score Range(2)
 
Remaining Consumer Balance
 
Percent
 
Credit Cards Balance
 
Percent
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
<620
 
$
140,329

 
17.2
%
 
$
11,112

 
5.3
%
620-639
 
37,626

 
4.6
%
 
5,705

 
2.7
%
640-659
 
44,380

 
5.4
%
 
8,710

 
4.2
%
660-679
 
50,818

 
6.2
%
 
12,814

 
6.2
%
680-699
 
59,526

 
7.3
%
 
20,028

 
9.6
%
700-719
 
52,986

 
6.5
%
 
25,814

 
12.4
%
720-739
 
51,215

 
6.3
%
 
27,071

 
13.0
%
740-759
 
42,430

 
5.2
%
 
24,460

 
11.8
%
760-779
 
35,705

 
4.4
%
 
21,145

 
10.2
%
780-799
 
28,357

 
3.5
%
 
19,680

 
9.5
%
>=800
 
50,606

 
6.2
%
 
26,764

 
12.9
%
N/A(1)
 
222,027

 
27.2
%
 
4,515

 
2.2
%
Total
 
$
816,005

 
100
%
 
$
207,818

 
100
%
(1)
Consists primarily of non-strategic auto loans in run-off serviced by third parties. Loans serviced by third parties do not receive refreshed FICO scores.
(2)
Credit scores updated quarterly.

December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Score Range(2)
 
Remaining Consumer Balance
 
Percent
 
Credit Cards
Balance
 
Percent
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
<620
 
$
229,017

 
22.1
%
 
$
13,384

 
6.2
%
620-639
 
42,755

 
4.1
%
 
6,803

 
3.2
%
640-659
 
50,129

 
4.8
%
 
10,627

 
5.0
%
660-679
 
57,775

 
5.6
%
 
16,995

 
7.9
%
680-699
 
62,819

 
6.1
%
 
25,976

 
12.1
%
700-719
 
57,914

 
5.6
%
 
31,638

 
14.7
%
720-739
 
52,789

 
5.1
%
 
30,144

 
14.1
%
740-759
 
48,101

 
4.6
%
 
25,632

 
11.9
%
760-779
 
39,594

 
3.8
%
 
19,547

 
9.1
%
780-799
 
32,685

 
3.2
%
 
16,327

 
7.6
%
>=800
 
134,836

 
13.0
%
 
16,887

 
7.9
%
N/A(1)
 
228,033

 
22.0
%
 
582

 
0.3
%
Total
 
$
1,036,447

 
100.0
%
 
$
214,542

 
100.0
%
(1)
Consists primarily of non-strategic auto loans in run-off serviced by third parties. Loans serviced by third parties do not receive refreshed FICO scores.
(2)
Credit scores updated quarterly.

25



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)


 
NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Consumer Lending Asset Quality Indicators-Combined Loan to Value Range

Home mortgage and self-originated home equity financing receivables by combined loan-to-value ("CLTV") range are summarized as follows:
September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages
 
Self-originated home equity
CLTV Range(1)
 
UPB
 
Percent
 
UPB
 
Percent
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
<=80%
 
$
6,940,977

 
71.5
%
 
$
3,909,950

 
64.2
%
80.01 - 90%
 
719,428

 
7.4
%
 
917,732

 
15.1
%
90.01 - 100%
 
666,464

 
6.9
%
 
388,764

 
6.4
%
100.01 - 120%
 
474,627

 
4.9
%
 
420,980

 
6.9
%
120.01 - 140%
 
199,514

 
2.1
%
 
175,284

 
2.9
%
>140%
 
211,098

 
2.2
%
 
152,402

 
2.5
%
N/A
 
493,736

 
5.0
%
 
122,048

 
2.0
%
Total(2)
 
$
9,705,844

 
100.0
%
 
$
6,087,160

 
100.0
%
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages
 
Self-originated home equity
CLTV Range(1)
 
UPB
 
Percent
 
UPB
 
Percent
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
<=80%
 
$
7,488,720

 
66.6
%
 
$
3,927,163

 
62.0
%
80.01 - 90%
 
904,376

 
8.1
%
 
1,000,224

 
15.8
%
90.01 - 100%
 
717,066

 
6.4
%
 
429,240

 
6.8
%
100.01 - 120%
 
575,915

 
5.1
%
 
476,165

 
7.5
%
120.01 - 140%
 
239,384

 
2.1
%
 
197,071

 
3.1
%
>140%
 
256,932

 
2.3
%
 
174,055

 
2.8
%
N/A
 
1,060,928

 
9.4
%
 
129,508

 
2.0
%
Total(2)
 
$
11,243,321

 
100.0
%
 
$
6,333,426

 
100.0
%

(1)
CLTV is inclusive of senior lien balances and updated as deemed necessary. CLTV ranges represent the unpaid principal balance except for the "N/A" range, which represents the unpaid principal balance plus deferred loan origination costs, net of deferred loan fees and unamortized purchase premiums, net of discounts as well as purchase accounting adjustments.
(2)
Financing receivables includes loans held for sale.

For both residential and home equity loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated in the loan loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge-off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience within various CLTV bands within these portfolios. CLTVs are refreshed quarterly by applying Federal Housing Finance Agency Home Price Index changes at a state-by-state level to the last known appraised value of the property to estimate the current CLTV. The Company's allowance for loan losses incorporates the refreshed CLTV information to update the distribution of defaulted loans by CLTV as well as the associated loss given default for each CLTV band. Reappraisals on a recurring basis at the individual property level are not considered cost-effective or necessary; however, reappraisals are performed on certain higher risk accounts to support line management activities, default servicing decisions, or when other situations arise for which the Company believes the additional expense is warranted.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table summarizes the Company’s performing and non-performing TDRs at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Performing
$
660,267

 
$
673,269

Non-performing
361,827

 
418,070

Total
$
1,022,094

 
$
1,091,339


26



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

Commercial Loan TDRs

All of the Company’s commercial loan modifications are based on the facts of the individual customer, including specific customers' complete relationship with the Company. Loan terms are modified to meet each borrower’s specific circumstances at a point in time. Modifications for commercial loan TDRs generally, although not always, result in bifurcation of the original loan into A and B notes. The A note is restructured to allow for upgraded risk rating and return to accrual status after a sustained period of payment performance has been achieved (typically six months for monthly payment schedules). The B note, if any, is structured as a deficiency note; the balance is charged off but the debt is usually not forgiven. As TDRs, they will be subject to analysis for specific reserves by either calculating the present value of expected future cash flows or, if collateral-dependent, calculating the fair value of the collateral less its estimated cost to sell. The TDR classification will remain on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.

Consumer Loan TDRs
The primary modification program for the Company’s home mortgage and self-originated home equity portfolios is a proprietary program designed to keep customers in their homes and, when appropriate, prevent them from entering into foreclosure. The program is available to all customers facing a financial hardship regardless of their delinquency status. The main goal of the modification program is to review the customer’s entire financial condition to ensure that the proposed modified payment solution is affordable according to a specific debt-to-income ratio (“DTI”) range. The main modification benefits of the program allow for term extensions, interest rate reductions, or deferment of principal. The Company reviews each customer on a case-by-case basis to determine which benefit or combination of benefits will be offered to achieve the target DTI range.
For the Company’s other consumer portfolios (indirect auto, indirect purchased, and remaining consumer) the terms of the modifications include one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan at a rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk or an extension of the maturity date.
Consumer TDRs are generally placed on non-accrual status until the Company believes repayment under the revised terms is reasonably assured and a sustained period of repayment performance has been achieved (typically six months for a monthly amortizing loan). However, any loan that has remained current for the six months immediately prior to modification will remain on accrual status after the modification is enacted. The TDR classification will remain on the loan until it is paid in full or liquidated.
In addition to those identified as TDRs above, the guidance also requires loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy to be considered TDRs and collateral-dependent, regardless of delinquency status. Collateral-dependent loans must be written down to fair market value and classified as non-accrual/non-performing for the remaining life of the loan.

TDR Impact to Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is established to recognize losses inherent in funded loans intended to be held for investment that are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Prior to a TDR, the Company generally measures its allowance under a loss contingency methodology in which consumer loans with similar risk characteristics are pooled and loss experience information is monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, loan-to-value ratios ("LTVs") and credit scores.

Upon TDR modification, the Company generally measures impairment based on a present value of expected future cash flows methodology considering all available evidence using the effective interest rate or fair value of collateral. The amount of the required valuation allowance is equal to the difference between the loan’s impaired value and the recorded investment.

27



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

When a consumer TDR subsequently defaults, the Company generally measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, if applicable, less its estimated cost to sell.

Typically, commercial loans whose terms are modified in a TDR will have previously been identified as impaired prior to modification and accounted for generally using a present value of expected future cash flows methodology, unless the loan is considered collateral-dependent. Loans considered collateral-dependent are measured for impairment based on their fair values of collateral less its estimated cost to sell. Accordingly, upon TDR modification or if a TDR modification subsequently defaults, the allowance methodology remains unchanged.

Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type
The following tables detail the activity of TDRs for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively:

 
Three-Month Period Ended September 30, 2013
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
(1)
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
(2)
 
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
  Middle market commercial real estate
7

 
$
22,880

 
$
23,040

  Remaining commercial
5

 
8,737

 
8,495

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages(3)
67

 
9,594

 
9,818

 Self-originated home equity
19

 
1,796

 
1,796

Total
98

 
$
43,007

 
$
43,149


 
Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2013
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
(1)
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
(2)
 
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate banking
1

 
$
19,750

 
$
18,767

  Middle market commercial real estate
7

 
22,880

 
23,040

Continuing care retirement communities
1

 
7,820

 
7,820

  Santander real estate capital
2

 
4,040

 
3,540

  Remaining commercial
12

 
11,527

 
11,213

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages(3)
249

 
41,457

 
42,425

 Self-originated home equity
128

 
10,582

 
10,590

Total
400

 
$
118,056

 
$
117,395


(1)
Pre-modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance prior to the month the modification occurred.
(2)
Post-modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance for the month that the modification occurred.
(3)
The post-modification outstanding recorded investment amounts for home mortgages exclude interest reserves.

28



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

 
Three-Month Period Ended September 30, 2012
 
Number of Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment (1)
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment (2)
 
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Middle market commercial real estate
10

 
$
30,137

 
$
29,457

Santander real estate capital
1

 
5,640

 
5,515

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages (3)
759

 
103,106

 
100,272

Self-originated home equity
1,072

 
60,478

 
47,306

Indirect purchased
306

 
6,916

 
3,013

Remaining consumer
2,068

 
8,635

 
3,008

Total
4,216

 
$
214,912

 
$
188,571


 
Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2012
 
Number of Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment (1)
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment (2)
 
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Middle market commercial real estate
13

 
$
66,833

 
$
65,560

Continuing care retirement communities
2

 
33,664

 
21,423

Santander real estate capital
2

 
11,079

 
10,954

Remaining commercial
7

 
43,845

 
50,971

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages (3)
1,064

 
172,871

 
169,711

Self-originated home equity
1,157

 
66,732

 
55,692

Indirect purchased
306

 
6,916

 
3,013

Remaining consumer
2,068

 
8,635

 
3,008

Total
4,619

 
$
410,575

 
$
380,332

(1)
Pre-modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance prior to the month the modification occurred.
(2)
Post-modification outstanding recorded investment amount is the month-end balance for the month that the modification occurred.
(3)
The post-modification outstanding recorded investment amounts for home mortgages exclude interest reserves.


29



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

TDRs Which Have Subsequently Defaulted

A TDR is considered to have subsequently defaulted if it is 90 days past due after modification. The following table details TDRs that were modified during the past twelve-month period and have subsequently defaulted during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively.


Three-Month Period Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded Investment(1)
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded
Investment(1)
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded
Investment(1)
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded
Investment(1)
 
(dollars in thousands)
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home mortgages
12

 
$
3,003

 
12

 
$
1,503

 
26

 
$
6,416

 
26

 
$
4,916

Self-originated home equity
3

 
125

 
1

 
117

 
10

 
899

 
8

 
890

Remaining consumer
1

 
67

 
1

 
74

 
1

 
67

 
1

 
74

Total
16

 
$
3,195

 
14

 
$
1,694

 
37

 
$
7,382

 
35

 
$
5,880

(1)
The recorded investment represents the period-end balance at September 30, 2013 and 2012. Does not include Chapter 7 bankruptcy TDRs.


NOTE 5. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND SECURITIZATIONS

Variable Interest Entities

The Company, in the normal course of business, engages in activities that involve variable interest entities ("VIEs"), which are legal entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities, or the equity investors of the entities as a group lack any of the characteristics of a controlling interest. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is generally the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company evaluates its interest in certain entities to determine if the entities meet the definition of a VIE, and whether the Company is the primary beneficiary and should consolidate the entity based on the variable interests it held both at inception and when there is a change in circumstances that requires a reconsideration. If the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it must account for the VIE as a consolidated subsidiary. If the Company is determined not to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE, but holds a variable interest in the entity, that variable interest is generally accounted for under the equity method of accounting or other appropriate accounting standards. The Company does not have any involvement with VIEs for which it is considered the primary beneficiary.


30



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 5. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND SECURITIZATIONS (continued)

The following tables provide a summary of the assets and liabilities included in the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements, as well as the components of its maximum exposure to losses, associated with its interests related to unconsolidated VIEs for which the Company holds an interest, but is not the primary beneficiary. Dollars in thousands.
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Maximum Exposure
 
 
 
Maximum Exposure
 
 
 
Investment
in Equity(1)
 
Commitments
 
Total
 
Investment
in Equity(1)
 
Commitments
 
Total
 
(dollars in thousands)
Low income housing partnerships
$
40,796

 
$
141

 
$
40,937

 
$
57,929

 
$

 
$
57,929

New market partnerships
39,935

 

 
39,935

 
43,734

 
154

 
43,888

Total
$
80,731

 
$
141

 
$
80,872

 
$
101,663

 
$
154

 
$
101,817

(1) Amount represents the carrying value of the VIE's assets and liabilities on the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements which are classified within Equity method investments on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. This amount equals the carrying amount of the VIE's assets at each respective date.

The Company makes certain equity investments in various limited partnerships which are considered VIEs that invest in and lend to affordable housing-designated real estate properties that qualify for federal tax credits under the Low Income Housing Tax Credit and New Market Tax Credit programs. The Company acts only in a limited partner capacity in connection with these partnerships. The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships because it does not have the power to direct the activities of the partnership that most significantly impact the partnership's economic performance.

The Company's risk of loss is limited to its investment in these partnerships, which totaled $80.7 million and $101.7 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company did not provide financial or other support to the partnerships that was not contractually required.

The aggregate amount of the assets and liabilities held by the VIEs was approximately $754.7 million and $380.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities are based on limited financial information available associated with certain of the partnerships. 2013 information is currently not available; however, management is not aware of any significant changes occurring in 2013.

Asset Securitizations

As part of previously reported mergers and other transactions of the Company, the Company has home equity loan securitizations ("Securitizations"). The Securitization vehicles are considered VIEs because the holders of the equity investment at risk, including the Company, do not have any obligation to absorb credit losses on the loans within the Securitization vehicles. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the Securitization vehicles. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $5.2 million and $4.7 million, respectively, of receivables related to advances made by the Company on behalf of the Securitization vehicles. The Company does not hold any other assets or liabilities related to the Securitizations. The total principal amount of securitized home equity loans was $43.1 million and $48.1 million as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of September 30, 2013, the portion of principal 90 days past due (including foreclosures, real estate owned properties ("REO") and bankruptcies) was $15.0 million and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013, net credit losses were $0.3 million. As of December 31, 2012, the portion of principal 90 days past due (including foreclosures, REO and bankruptcies) was $14.7 million and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012, net credit losses were $1.0 million.




31



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 6.  GOODWILL

The Company conducts its evaluation of goodwill impairment at least annually, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. The Company completed its most recent annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2012 and determined that no goodwill impairment existed. No impairment indicators were noted since the annual review and accordingly, no impairment test has been performed. The Company expects to perform its next annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013.
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. The fair value of its reporting units is determined by using discounted cash flow and market comparability methodologies. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units, which are operating segments or one level below an operating segment, as of the acquisition date. As of September 30, 2013, the reporting units with assigned goodwill included Retail Banking, Corporate Banking and Global Banking and Markets ("GBM").

As more fully described in Note 15, during the first quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its management reporting structure in order to better align management teams and resources with the business goals of the Company and to provide enhanced customer service to its clients. Consequently, segment reporting and goodwill reporting units were updated to reflect this change. In connection with the reorganization, management reallocated its goodwill to its reporting units using a relative fair value allocation approach in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.

Goodwill totaled $3.4 billion at September 30, 2013, which included approximately $1.9 billion in the Retail Banking unit, $1.4 billion in the Corporate Banking unit and $131.1 million in the GBM unit. There were no additions or impairments to goodwill in 2013 or 2012.

The following table presents activity in the Company's goodwill by its reporting units for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.
 
 
Retail Banking
 
Non-Strategic Assets
 
Corporate
 
GBM
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Goodwill at December 31, 2012
 
$
2,259,179

 
$

 
$
1,172,302

 
$

 
$
3,431,481

Reallocation of Goodwill
 
(364,876
)
 

 
233,746

 
131,130

 

Goodwill at June 30, 2013
 
1,894,303

 

 
1,406,048

 
131,130

 
3,431,481

Adjustments
 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at September 30, 2013
 
$
1,894,303

 
$

 
$
1,406,048

 
$
131,130

 
$
3,431,481



NOTE 7.  MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

Residential real estate

At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company serviced residential real estate loans for others totaling $14.7 billion and $13.6 billion, respectively, which gave rise to an MSR asset. The Company accounts for residential MSRs using the fair value option. Changes in fair value are recorded through the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of the MSRs at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $138.1 million and $92.5 million, respectively. See further discussion on the valuation of MSRs in Note 14. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs using interest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities. See further discussion in Note 9.

For the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded net changes in the fair value of MSRs totaling $(3.1) million and $30.2 million, respectively, compared to $(15.9) million and $(18.8) million for the corresponding periods ended September 30, 2012. The MSR asset fair value increase during 2013 was the result of a decrease in anticipated loan prepayment rates ("CPRs") and a reduction in mortgage refinancing due to interest rate increases.


32



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 7.  MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (continued)

The following table presents a summary of activity for the Company’s residential MSRs.
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Carrying value at beginning of period
$
92,512

 
$
161,291

Write-off of reserves

 
(70,040
)
Mortgage servicing assets recognized
32,535

 
31,616

Principal reductions
(17,226
)
 
(26,011
)
Change in fair value due to valuation assumptions
30,229

 
(18,761
)
Carrying value at end of period
$
138,050

 
$
78,095


Multifamily

Historically, the Company originated and sold multi-family loans in the secondary market to FNMA while retaining servicing. The Company has not sold multi-family loans to FNMA since 2009. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company serviced $4.6 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively, of loans for FNMA. The servicing asset related to these portfolios was previously fully amortized. In July 2013, the Company repurchased from FNMA $660.1 million of performing multifamily loans that had been previously sold with servicing retained. See further discussion on the recourse reserve in Note 12.

Fee income and gain/loss on sale of mortgage loans

Mortgage servicing fee income was $11.6 million and $33.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, compared to $11.4 million and $39.5 million for the corresponding periods ended September 30, 2012. The Company had gains on the sale of mortgage loans of $14.6 million and $56.8 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, compared to losses of $2.7 million and gains of $20.0 million for the corresponding periods ended September 30, 2012.


NOTE 8.  BORROWINGS

Total borrowings and other debt obligations at September 30, 2013 were $12.2 billion, compared to $19.3 billion at December 31, 2012. The Company's debt agreements impose certain limitations on dividends and other payments and transactions. The Company is currently in compliance with these limitations.

Periodically, as part of the Company's wholesale funding management, it opportunistically repurchases outstanding borrowings in the open market and subsequently retires the obligation. In 2012, the Company repurchased $523.6 million of outstanding borrowings in the open market. During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013, the Company repurchased $5.4 million of outstanding borrowings in the open market.





33



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 8.  BORROWINGS (continued)

The following table presents information regarding the Bank's borrowings and other debt obligations at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Balance
 
Effective
Rate
 
Balance
 
Effective
Rate
 
(dollars in thousands)
Overnight federal funds purchased(1)
$

 
%
 
$
340,000

 
0.17
%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements(1)

 

 
2,107,986

 
0.48

5.125% subordinated debentures, due March 2013(2)

 

 
254,647

 
5.14

8.750% subordinated debentures, due May 2018
497,309

 
8.80

 
496,971

 
8.80

FHLB advances, maturing through August 2018
8,251,353

 
3.77

 
13,189,396

 
2.55

Subordinated term loan, due February 2019
150,273

 
6.06

 
156,350

 
6.39

REIT preferred, due May 2020
151,546

 
13.79

 
150,434

 
13.95

Subordinated term loan, due August 2022(3)
36,000

 
7.78

 

 

Total Bank borrowings and other debt obligations
$
9,086,481

 
4.27
%
 
$
16,695,784

 
2.59
%
(1) Overnight federal funds and securities sold under repurchase agreements are short-term in nature and due within one year.
(2) The subordinated note was repaid in March 2013 in accordance with the contractual obligations.
(3) On August 15, 2013, a subsidiary of the Bank entered into a financing agreement with third party lenders for a $36.0 million nine-year term loan due August 15, 2022. The total fees and costs incurred related to the Term Loan were $3.3 million, which are being deferred and capitalized.
The following table presents information regarding SHUSA's borrowings and other debt obligations at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Balance
 
Effective
Rate
 
Balance
 
Effective
Rate
 
(dollars in thousands)
3.00% senior notes, due September 2015
$
598,820

 
3.28
%
 
$
597,575

 
3.28
%
4.625% senior notes, due April 2016
474,130

 
4.85

 
474,430

 
4.85

3.45% senior notes, due August 2018(1)
499,106

 
3.62

 

 

Subordinated notes, due March 2020
756,335

 
5.96

 
754,895

 
5.96

Junior subordinated debentures - Capital Trust IV, due March 2034(2)
476,471

 
12.84

 
476,603

 
12.84

Common securities - Capital Trust IV
24,742

 
4.38

 
24,742

 
4.38

Junior subordinated debentures - Capital Trust VI, due June 2036
70,262

 
7.91

 
75,537

 
7.91

Common securities - Capital Trust VI
10,000

 
7.91

 
10,000

 
7.91

Junior subordinated debentures - Capital Trust IX, due July 2036
150,000

 
2.06

 
150,000

 
2.09

Common securities - Capital Trust IX
4,640

 
2.06

 
4,640

 
2.09

Total holding company borrowings and other debt obligations
$
3,064,506

 
5.79
%
 
$
2,568,422

 
6.23
%
(1) On August 27, 2013, SHUSA issued debt securities in the amount of $500.0 million, due August 27, 2018. The total fees and costs incurred related to this issuance were $3.1 million, which are being deferred and capitalized.
(2) In December 2012, a settlement agreement was executed with respect to the Company's Trust PIERS litigation. Note 20 of the Company's most recent annual report on Form 10-K includes a more complete discussion of this litigation and its settlement. The settlement agreement requires the Company to make additional offers to purchase the Trust PIERS within ten trading days after each quarterly distribution on the Trust PIERS after the final settlement date until no Trust PIERS remain outstanding. The price offered in such additional offers is $78.95 per $50.00 of liquidation amount of PIERS, minus the per share aggregate amount of any distributions made after the completion of any tender offers preceding that additional offer.
Approximately 99.8% of the remaining outstanding Trust PIERS are held by Banco Santander, and the remaining 0.2% are held by independent third-party investors. During 2013, the Company has extended an offer to purchase for cash any and all of its outstanding Trust PIERS within ten trading days after each quarterly distribution. During 2013, an aggregate liquidation amount of $0.1 million of Trust PIERS has been tendered.



34



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)


NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES

General

The Company uses derivative financial instruments primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and credit risk, as well as to reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. The Company also enters into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities. The Company uses derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading purposes. The fair value of all derivative balances is recorded within Other assets and Other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note 14 for discussion of the valuation methodology for derivative instruments.

Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged and is not recorded on the balance sheet. The notional amount is the basis to which the underlying is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The underlying is a referenced interest rate (commonly Overnight Indexed Swap ("OIS") or LIBOR), security price, credit spread or other index. Derivative balances are presented on a gross basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements.

In the third quarter of 2013, in accordance with ASU 2013-10, the Company adopted the OIS rate, which is used for determining the fair value of certain hedge and derivative contracts, including all collateralized interest rate swaps, caps, and floors. The OIS rate will continue to be used for new derivative contracts in these portfolios. The impact of this change was not material to the Company's financial position or results of operations for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013.

Through the Company’s capital markets and mortgage banking activities, it is subject to price risk. The Company employs various tools to measure and manage price risk in its portfolios. In addition, the Board of Directors has established certain limits relative to positions and activities. The level of price risk exposure at any given point in time depends on the market environment and expectations of future price and market movements and will vary from period to period.

Credit Risk Contingent Features

The Company has entered into certain derivative contracts that require the posting of collateral to counterparties when these contracts are in a net liability position. The amount of collateral to be posted is based on the amount of the net liability and thresholds generally related to the Company's long-term senior unsecured credit ratings. In a limited number of instances, counterparties also have the right to terminate their International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") master agreements if the Company's ratings fall below investment grade. As of September 30, 2013, derivatives in this category had a fair value of $40.3 million. The Bank's and SHUSA's credit ratings are currently considered investment grade. The Bank estimates a further 1 or 2 notch downgrade by either S&P or Moody's would require it to post up to an additional $4.3 million or $4.5 million, respectively, to comply with existing derivative agreements.

As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the aggregate fair value of all derivative contracts with credit risk contingent features (i.e., those containing collateral posting or termination provisions based on our ratings) that were in a net liability position totaled $248.7 million and $395.3 million, respectively. The Company had $245.3 million and $454.8 million in cash and securities collateral posted to cover those positions as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Fair Value Hedges

The Company enters into cross-currency swaps in order to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk on certain Euro-denominated investments. These derivatives are designated as fair value hedges at inception. The Company includes all components of each derivative's gain or loss in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The earnings impact of the ineffective portion of these hedges was not material for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 or September 30, 2012. The last of the hedges is scheduled to expire in February 2016.



35



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)


NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES (continued)

The Company has historically entered into pay-variable, receive-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge changes in fair values of certain debt obligations. At September 30, 2013, the Company had $13.6 million of deferred net after-tax losses on terminated derivative instruments that were hedging fair value changes. These losses will continue to be deferred in Borrowings and will be reclassified into interest expense over the remaining lives of the hedged assets and liabilities. During the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, $0.7 million and $2.6 million of the losses were recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cash Flow Hedges

Management uses derivative instruments, which are designated as hedges, to mitigate the impact of interest rate movements on the fair value of certain liabilities, assets and on highly probable forecasted cash flows. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps that have underlying interest rates based on key benchmark indices and forward sale or purchase commitments. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated interest rate environment.

Interest rate swaps are generally used to convert fixed-rate assets and liabilities to variable rate assets and liabilities and vice versa. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps that have a high degree of correlation to the related financial instrument.

The last of the hedges is scheduled to expire in December 2030. The Company includes all components of each derivative's gain or loss in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The earnings impact of the ineffective portion of these hedges was not material for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 or September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2013, the Company expects approximately $3.9 million of gross losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months as the future cash flows occur.

Derivatives Designated in Hedge Relationships – Notional and Fair Values

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 included:
 
Notional
Amount
 
Asset
 
Liability
 
Weighted Average Receive
Rate
 
Weighted Average Pay
Rate
 
Weighted Average Life
(Years)
 
(dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency swaps
$
19,995

 
$
1,679

 
$
2,118

 
4.76
%
 
4.75
%
 
2.36
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pay fixed — receive floating interest rate swaps
3,321,821

 
3,613

 
71,826

 
0.26
%
 
2.38
%
 
1.83
Total
$
3,341,816

 
$
5,292

 
$
73,944

 
0.29
%
 
2.39
%
 
1.83
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency swaps
$
79,765

 
$
10,452

 
$
11,458

 
3.42
%
 
3.41
%
 
3.70
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pay fixed — receive floating interest rate swaps
3,649,088

 
524

 
120,844

 
0.34
%
 
2.34
%
 
2.00
Total
$
3,728,853

 
$
10,976

 
$
132,302

 
0.40
%
 
2.36
%
 
2.10

See Note 11 for detail of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives activity.



36



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Other Derivative Activities

The Company also enters into derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges under U.S. GAAP. The majority of these derivatives are customer-related derivatives relating to foreign exchange and lending arrangements.  In addition, derivatives are used to manage risks related to residential and commercial mortgage banking and investing activities. Although these derivatives are used to hedge risk and are considered economic hedges, they are not designated as accounting hedges because the contracts they are hedging are typically also carried at fair value on the balance sheet, resulting in generally symmetrical accounting treatment for both the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Mortgage Banking Derivatives

The Company's derivative portfolio includes mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments, forward sale commitments and interest rate swaps. As part of its overall business strategy, the Bank originates fixed rate residential mortgages. It sells a portion of this production to the FHLMC, FNMA, and private investors. The Company uses forward sales as a means of hedging against the economic impact of changes in interest rates on the mortgages that are originated for sale and on interest rate lock commitments.

NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES (continued)

The Company typically retains the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that are sold. Residential mortgage
servicing rights are accounted for at fair value. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs using interest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities.

Customer-related derivatives

The Company offers derivatives to its customers in connection with their risk management needs. These financial derivative transactions primarily consist of interest rate swaps, caps, floors and foreign exchange contracts. Risk exposure from customer positions is managed through transactions with other dealers, including Banco Santander.

Other derivative activities

The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign
currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts as well as cross currency swaps, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to gains and losses on these contracts will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

Other derivative instruments primarily include forward contracts related to certain investment securities sales, a total return swap on Visa, Inc. Class B common shares, and equity options, which manage our market risk associated with certain investments and customer deposit products.



37



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships – Notional and Fair Values

Other derivative activities at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 included:
 
Notional
 
Asset derivatives
Fair value
 
Liability derivatives
Fair value
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Mortgage banking derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward commitments to sell loans
$
262,204

 
$
1,392,892

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,310

 
$
3,364

Interest rate lock commitments
115,676

 
852,245

 
3,504

 
15,402

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights
245,000

 
270,000

 
8,535

 
204

 
261

 
1,023

Total mortgage banking risk management
622,880

 
2,515,137

 
12,039

 
15,606

 
5,571

 
4,387

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer related derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps receive fixed
5,561,471

 
5,405,619

 
200,181

 
361,858

 
18,143

 
128

Swaps pay fixed
5,563,854

 
5,464,567

 
39,161

 
616

 
201,228

 
353,830

Other
1,334,647

 
999,008

 
5,797

 
4,460

 
5,134

 
3,942

Total customer related derivatives
12,459,972

 
11,869,194

 
245,139

 
366,934

 
224,505

 
357,900

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other derivative activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
893,638

 
951,784

 
9,548

 
9,998

 
9,699

 
7,638

Other
102,675

 
303,621

 
2,919

 
5,227

 
3,322

 
5,640

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
14,079,165

 
$
15,639,736

 
$
269,645

 
$
397,765

 
$
243,097

 
$
375,565



38



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Gains (Losses) on All Derivatives

The following Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations line items were impacted by the Company’s derivatives activity for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:
 
 
Three-Month Period Ended
Derivative Activity
 
September 30, 2013
 
September 30, 2012
Fair value hedges:
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency swaps
 
 No effect on income
 
Decrease in other income of $0.1 million.
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
Pay fixed-receive variable interest
rate swaps
 
Decrease to net interest income of $16.0 million
 
Decrease in net interest income of $19.6 million.
Other derivative activities:
 
 
 
 
Forward commitments to sell loans
 
Decrease in mortgage banking revenues of $42.3 million
 
Decrease in mortgage banking revenues of $16.5 million.
Interest rate lock commitments
 
Increase in mortgage banking revenues of $13.0 million
 
Increase in mortgage banking revenues of $26.1 million.
MSRs
 
Increase in mortgage banking revenues of $8.2 million
 
No effect on income.
Customer related derivatives
 
Increase of $1.1 million in miscellaneous income
 
Increase in miscellaneous income of $3.2 million.
Foreign exchange
 
Decrease in commercial banking fees of $0.7 million
 
Increase in commercial banking fees of $0.5 million.
Other
 
Gross decrease of $12.0 million in non-interest income.
 
Increase to net interest income of $0.3 million and increase to miscellaneous other income of $0.4 million and increase in other non-interest income of $0.9 million.

 
 
Nine-Month Period Ended
Derivative Activity
 
September 30, 2013
 
September 30, 2012
Fair value hedges:
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency swaps
 
Increase in other income of $1.7 million.
 
Increase in other income of $2 thousand.
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
Pay fixed-receive variable interest
rate swaps
 
Decrease in net interest income of $51.3 million.
 
Decrease in net interest income of $62.2 million.
Other derivative activities:
 
 
 
 
Forward commitments to sell loans
 
Decrease in mortgage banking revenues of $1.9 million.
 
Decrease in mortgage banking revenues of $19.4 million.
Interest rate lock commitments
 
Decrease in mortgage banking revenues of $11.9 million.
 
Increase in mortgage banking revenues of $31.7 million.
MSRs
 
Increase in mortgage banking revenues of $9.0 million.
 
No effect on income
Customer related derivatives
 
Increase in miscellaneous income of $10.7 million.
 
Increase in miscellaneous income of $24.1 million.
Foreign exchange
 
Decrease in commercial banking fees of $2.5 million.
 
Increase in commercial banking fees of $0.5 million.
Other
 
Increase in net interest income of $3.1 million; Gross increases in non interest income of $3.7 million.
 
Decrease in net interest income of $97 thousand, increase to miscellaneous income of $1.1 million and increase in non-interest income of $4.8 million.


39



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES (continued)

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

The Company enters into legally enforceable master netting agreements which reduce risk by permitting netting of transactions with the same counterparty on the occurrence of certain events. A master netting agreement allows two counterparties the ability to net-settle amounts under all contracts, including any related collateral posted, through a single payment and in a single currency. The right to offset and certain terms regarding the collateral process, such as valuation, credit events and settlement, are contained in the ISDA master agreement. The Company's financial instruments, including resell and repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements, derivatives and cash collateral, may be eligible for offset on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Information about financial assets and liabilities that are eligible for offset on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, is presented in the following tables:

 
 
Offsetting of Financial Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral Received
 
Net Amount
 
 
(in thousands)
September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges
 
$
1,679

 
$

 
$
1,679

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,679

Cash flow hedges
 
3,605

 

 
3,605

 

 

 
3,605

Other derivative activities(1)
 
266,149

 
39,631

 
226,518

 
14,326

 
29,513

 
182,679

Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
 
271,433

 
39,631

 
231,802

 
14,326

 
29,513

 
187,963

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 
3,504

 

 
3,504

 

 

 
3,504

Total Derivatives Assets
 
$
274,937

 
$
39,631

 
$
235,306

 
$
14,326

 
$
29,513

 
$
191,467

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Financial Assets
 
$
274,937

 
$
39,631

 
$
235,306

 
$
14,326

 
$
29,513

 
$
191,467

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges
 
$
10,452

 
$
10,452

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Cash flow hedges
 
524

 

 
524

 

 

 
524

Other derivative activities(1)
 
382,363

 
19,161

 
363,202

 
14,364

 
1,410

 
347,428

Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
 
393,339

 
29,613

 
363,726

 
14,364

 
1,410

 
347,952

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 
15,402

 

 
15,402

 

 

 
15,402

Total Derivatives Assets
 
$
408,741

 
$
29,613

 
$
379,128

 
$
14,364

 
$
1,410

 
$
363,354

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing, and similar arrangement
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Financial Assets
 
$
408,741

 
$
29,613

 
$
379,128

 
$
14,364

 
$
1,410

 
$
363,354


(1)
Includes customer-related and other derivatives
(2)
Includes mortgage banking derivatives

40



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 9. DERIVATIVES (continued)

 
 
Offsetting of Financial Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral Pledged
 
Net Amount
 
 
(in thousands)
September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges
 
$
2,118

 
$

 
$
2,118

 
$

 
$
696

 
$
1,422

Cash flow hedges
 
71,449

 

 
71,449

 
44,799

 
52,889

 
(26,239
)
Other derivative activities(1)
 
241,086

 
39,631

 
201,455

 
124,609

 
39,772

 
37,074

Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
 
314,653

 
39,631

 
275,022

 
169,408

 
93,357

 
12,257

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 
2,388

 

 
2,388

 

 

 
2,388

Total Derivatives Liabilities
 
$
317,041

 
$
39,631

 
$
277,410

 
$
169,408

 
$
93,357

 
$
14,645

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Financial Liabilities
 
$
317,041

 
$
39,631

 
$
277,410

 
$
169,408

 
$
93,357

 
$
14,645

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges
 
$
11,458

 
$
10,452

 
$
1,006

 
$
43

 
$
901

 
$
62

Cash flow hedges
 
120,844

 
6

 
120,838

 
11,320

 
110,327

 
(809
)
Other derivative activities(1)
 
372,201

 
19,155

 
353,046

 
35,473

 
296,700

 
20,873

Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement
 
504,503

 
29,613

 
474,890

 
46,836

 
407,928

 
20,126

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement or similar arrangement(2)
 
3,364

 

 
3,364

 

 

 
3,364

Total Derivatives Liabilities
 
$
507,867

 
$
29,613

 
$
478,254

 
$
46,836

 
$
407,928

 
$
23,490

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing, and similar arrangement
 
2,107,986

 

 
2,107,986

 
2,650,823

 
60,259

 
(603,096
)
Total Financial Liabilities
 
$
2,615,853

 
$
29,613

 
$
2,586,240

 
$
2,697,659

 
$
468,187

 
$
(579,606
)

(1)
Includes customer-related and other derivatives
(2)
Includes mortgage banking derivatives


41



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 10. INCOME TAXES

An income tax provision of $18.7 million and $156.7 million was recorded for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to income tax benefits of $77.7 million and $6.0 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. This resulted in an effective tax rate of 19.6% and 22.2% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to (158.3)% and (1.4)% for the corresponding periods in 2012. The higher tax rates in 2013 were primarily attributable to discrete tax benefits recognized during the three-month period ended September 30, 2012 on the Trust PIERS accrual and for investment tax credits related to a direct-financing lease.

The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and certain foreign countries. These tax laws are complex and are potentially subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws.

Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates depending upon changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed. The Company reviews the tax balances quarterly and, as new information becomes available, the balances are adjusted as appropriate. The Company is subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions.

The Company has a lawsuit pending against the United States in Federal District Court in Massachusetts relating to the proper tax consequences of two financing transactions with an international bank through which the Company borrowed $1.2 billion. As a result of the two financing transactions, the Company paid foreign taxes of $264.0 million during the years 2003 through 2007 and claimed a corresponding foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid during those years, which the IRS disallowed. The IRS also disallowed the Company's deductions for interest expense and transaction costs, totaling $74.6 million in tax liability, and assessed penalties and interest totaling approximately $94.3 million. The Company has paid the taxes, penalties and interest associated with the IRS adjustments for all tax years, and the lawsuit will determine whether the Bank is entitled to a refund of the amounts paid. The Company has recorded a receivable in other assets for the amount of these payments, less a tax reserve of $96.9 million as of September 30, 2013.

On October 17, 2013, the Court issued a written opinion in favor of the Company relating to a motion for partial summary judgment on a significant issue in the case. Within the next several months, the Company expects the Court to determine whether granting partial summary judgment resolves all issues in the case, so that entry of a final judgment awarding the Company a refund of all amounts paid is appropriate, or whether further proceedings will be necessary to resolve any remaining legal or factual issues, which could affect the Company's entitlement to some or all of the refund. The Company expects the IRS to appeal any decision in favor of the Company. In 2013, two different federal courts decided cases involving similar financing structures entered into by the Bank of New York Mellon Corp. and BB&T Corp. (referred to as the Salem Financial Case) in favor of the IRS, although both financial institutions have the right to appeal. The Company remains confident in its position and believes its reserve amount adequately provides for potential exposure to the IRS related to these items. As this litigation progresses over the next 24 months, it is reasonably possible that changes in the reserve for uncertain tax positions could range from a decrease of $96.9 million to an increase of $296.0 million.

The IRS concluded the exam of the Company’s 2006 and 2007 tax returns in 2011. In addition to the adjustments for items related to the two financing transactions discussed above, the IRS has proposed to recharacterize ordinary losses related to the sale of certain assets as capital losses. The Company has paid the tax assessment resulting from this recharacterization, and will contest the adjustment through the administrative appeals process. The Company is confident that its position related to its ordinary tax treatment of the losses will ultimately be upheld. If the Company is not successful in defending its position, the maximum potential tax liability resulting from this IRS adjustment would be approximately $95.6 million. Additionally, with respect to the 2006-2007 tax periods, the Company faces potential interest and penalties resulting from the recharacterization adjustment and other unrelated adjustments of approximately $11.1 million in interest and $14.5 million in penalties, which are also being contested through the administrative appeals process.



42



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 11. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS)
The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of related tax, for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
Total Other
Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
For the Three-Month Period
Ended September 30, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
Pretax
Activity
 
Tax
Effect
 
Net Activity
 
Beginning
Balance
 
Net
Activity
 
Ending
Balance
 
(in thousands)
Change in accumulated gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
$
(4,909
)
 
$
2,174

 
$
(2,735
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments (1)
15,987

 
(7,081
)
 
8,906

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
11,078

 
(4,907
)
 
6,171

 
$
(54,120
)
 
$
6,171

 
$
(47,949
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale
(53,708
)
 
20,967

 
(32,741
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income on non-OTTI securities (2)
23,422

 
(9,144
)
 
14,278

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale
(30,286
)
 
11,823

 
(18,463
)
 
(112,644
)
 
(18,463
)
 
(131,107
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain/(loss)(3)
904

 
(355
)
 
549

 
(25,618
)
 
549

 
(25,069
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of September 30, 2013
$
(18,304
)
 
$
6,561

 
$
(11,743
)
 
$
(192,382
)
 
$
(11,743
)
 
$
(204,125
)

(1) Net losses reclassified into Interest on borrowings and other debt obligations in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for settlements of interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2) Net gains reclassified into Net gain on sale of investment security sales in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the sale of available-for-sale securities.
(3) Included in the computation of net periodic pension costs.




43



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 11. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS) (continued)

 
Total Other
Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
For the Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
Pretax
Activity
 
Tax
Effect
 
Net Activity
 
Beginning
Balance
 
Net
Activity
 
Ending
Balance
Change in accumulated gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
$
3,017

 
$
(1,020
)
 
$
1,997

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments (1)
50,548

 
(21,320
)
 
29,228

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
53,565

 
(22,340
)
 
31,225

 
$
(79,174
)
 
$
31,225

 
$
(47,949
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale
(469,603
)
 
183,836

 
(285,767
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income on non-OTTI securities (2)
(72,773
)
 
28,488

 
(44,285
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income on OTTI securities (3)
63,630

 
(24,909
)
 
38,721

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income
(9,143
)
 
3,579

 
(5,564
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale
(478,746
)
 
187,415

 
(291,331
)
 
160,224

 
(291,331
)
 
(131,107
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain/(loss) (4)
2,712

 
(1,065
)
 
1,647

 
(26,716
)
 
1,647

 
(25,069
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of September 30, 2013
$
(422,469
)
 
$
164,010

 
$
(258,459
)
 
$
54,334

 
$
(258,459
)
 
$
(204,125
)

(1) Net losses reclassified into Interest on borrowings and other debt obligations in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for settlements of interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2) Net gains reclassified into Net gain on sale of investment security sales in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the sale of available-for-sale securities.
(3) Unrealized losses previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income on securities for which OTTI was recognized during the period. See further discussion in Note 3.
(4) Included in the computation of net periodic pension costs.


44



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 11. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS) (continued)

 
Total Other
Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
For the Three-Month Period
Ended September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
Pretax
Activity
 
Tax
Effect
 
Net Activity
 
Beginning
Balance
 
Net
Activity
 
Ending
Balance
 
(in thousands)
Change in accumulated gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
$
(11,603
)
 
$
3,979

 
$
(7,624
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
20,969

 
(7,339
)
 
13,630

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
9,366

 
(3,360
)
 
6,006

 
$
(96,779
)
 
$
6,006

 
$
(90,773
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale
117,888

 
(45,582
)
 
72,306

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income
151

 
(53
)
 
98

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale
118,039

 
(45,635
)
 
72,404

 
106,929

 
72,404

 
179,333

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain/(loss)
929

 
(364
)
 
565

 
(25,347
)
 
565

 
(24,782
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of September 30, 2012
$
128,334

 
$
(49,359
)
 
$
78,975

 
$
(15,197
)
 
$
78,975

 
$
63,778





45



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 11. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS) (continued)

 
Total Other
Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
Total Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
For the Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
Pretax
Activity
 
Tax
Effect
 
Net Activity
 
Beginning
Balance
 
Net
Activity
 
Ending
Balance
Change in accumulated gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
$
(40,398
)
 
$
13,377

 
$
(27,021
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
68,069

 
(23,825
)
 
44,244

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on cash flow hedge derivative financial instruments
27,671

 
(10,448
)
 
17,223

 
$
(107,996
)
 
$
17,223

 
$
(90,773
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale
224,737

 
(83,511
)
 
141,226

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income
(76,381
)
 
26,735

 
(49,646
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities available-for-sale
148,356

 
(56,776
)
 
91,580

 
87,753

 
91,580

 
179,333

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and post-retirement actuarial gain/(loss)
2,788

 
(1,095
)
 
1,693

 
(26,475
)
 
1,693

 
(24,782
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of September 30, 2012
$
178,815

 
$
(68,319
)
 
$
110,496

 
$
(46,718
)
 
$
110,496

 
$
63,778





46



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)


   
NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES

Off-Balance Sheet Risk - Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company utilizes a variety of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers and manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, letters of credit, loans sold with recourse, forward contracts, and interest rate and cross currency swaps, caps and floors. These financial instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, liquidity, and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and loans sold with recourse is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. For forward contracts and interest rate swaps, caps and floors, the contract or notional amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. The Company controls the credit risk of its forward contracts and interest rate swaps, caps and floors through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. See Note 9 for discussion of all derivative contract commitments.

The following table details the amount of commitments for the periods indicated:
Other Commitments
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Commitments to extend credit
 
$
23,237,307

 
$
23,155,424

 
Credit card lines of credit
 
792,755

 
790,174

 
Letters of credit
 
2,246,112

 
2,491,757

 
Recourse and credit enhancement exposure on sold loans
 
185,437

 
192,992

 
Commitments to sell loans
 
81,053

 
177,398

 
Total commitments
 
$
26,542,664

 
$
26,807,745

 

Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable rate, and contain clauses that permit the Company to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require the payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements.

The following table details the amount of commitments to extend credit expiring per period as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
(in thousands)
One year or less
 
$
4,901,678

 
$
7,146,080

Over 1 year to 3 years
 
4,103,807

 
4,615,613

Over 3 years to 5 years
 
7,785,756

 
7,972,885

Over 5 years
 
6,446,066

 
3,420,846

Total
 
$
23,237,307

 
$
23,155,424




47



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

Credit Card Lines of Credit

Such commitments arise primarily from agreements with customers for unused lines of credit on credit cards, provided there is no violation of conditions in the underlying agreement. These commitments, substantially all of which the Company can terminate at any time and which do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, are periodically reviewed based on account usage, customer creditworthiness and loan qualification.

Letters of Credit

The Company’s letters of credit meet the definition of a guarantee. Letters of credit commit the Company to make payments on behalf of its customers if specified future events occur. The guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The weighted average term of these commitments is 10.8 months. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. In the event of a draw by the beneficiary that complies with the terms of the letter of credit, the Company would be required to honor the commitment. The Company has various forms of collateral, including real estate assets and other customer business assets. The maximum undiscounted exposure related to these commitments at September 30, 2013 was $2.2 billion, and the approximate value of the underlying collateral upon liquidation that would be expected to cover this maximum potential exposure was $0.7 billion. The fees related to letters of credit are deferred and amortized over the life of the commitment and were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements at September 30, 2013. Management believes that the utilization rate of these letters of credit will continue to be substantially less than the amount of these commitments, as has been the Company’s experience to date. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the liability related to these letters of credit was $130.6 million and $138.7 million, respectively, which is recorded within the reserve for unfunded commitments in Other Liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The credit risk associated with letters of credit is monitored using the same risk rating system utilized within the loan and lease portfolio. Also included within the reserve for unfunded commitments at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were lines of credit outstanding of $79.4 million and $71.3 million, respectively.

The following table details the amount of letters of credit expiring per period as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
(in thousands)
One year or less
 
$
1,721,145

 
$
1,808,744

Over 1 year to 3 years
 
331,458

 
481,867

Over 3 years to 5 years
 
187,886

 
147,931

Over 5 years
 
5,623

 
53,215

Total
 
$
2,246,112

 
$
2,491,757


Loans Sold with Recourse

The Company has loans sold with recourse that meet the definition of a guarantee. For loans sold with recourse under the terms of its multi-family sales program with FNMA, the Company retained a portion of the credit risk associated with such loans. The unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold with these programs was $4.6 billion as of September 30, 2013 and $7.5 billion as of December 31, 2012. As a result of its agreement with FNMA, the Company retained a 100% first loss position on each multi-family loan sold to FNMA until the earlier to occur of (i) the aggregate approved losses on multi-family loans sold to FNMA reaching the maximum loss exposure for the portfolio as a whole of $159.3 million as of September 30, 2013 and $160.0 million as of December 31, 2012 or (ii) until all of the loans sold to FNMA under this program are fully paid off. Any losses sustained as a result of impediments in standard representations and warranties would be in addition to the maximum loss exposure.


48



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

The Company has established a liability which represents the fair value of the retained credit exposure and the amount the Company estimates it would have to pay a third party to assume the retained recourse obligation. The estimated liability is calculated as the present value of losses that the portfolio is projected to incur based upon internal specific information and an industry-based default curve with a range of estimated losses. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, SHUSA had $72.8 million and $122.7 million of reserves classified in accrued expenses and payables on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for loans sold to the FNMA under this program. The decrease in the liability over the past year is due to an improvement in the credit quality of the underlying portfolio combined with a decrease in exposure, as the portfolio continues to mature and the Company's repurchase of $660.1 million of loans from FNMA during the third quarter of 2013 that had been previously sold with servicing retained. The Company's commitment will expire in March 2039 based on the maturity of the loans sold with recourse. Losses sustained by the Company may be offset, or partially offset, by proceeds resulting from the disposition of the underlying mortgaged properties. Approval from FNMA is required for all transactions related to the liquidation of properties underlying the mortgages.

Additionally, during the period of 1999-2002, residential mortgage loans were sold with recourse and credit enhancement features to FNMA and FHLMC. The remaining unpaid principal balance of these loans was $69.2 million and $83.0 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and the remaining maximum amount of credit exposure on these loans was $26.1 million and $29.9 million for the same periods. The Company has posted collateral in the amount of $0.9 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 to be utilized for any losses incurred related to these loans.

Commitments to sell loans

The Company enters into forward contracts relating to its mortgage banking business to hedge the exposures from commitments to make new residential mortgage loans with existing customers and from mortgage loans classified as LHFS. These contracts mature in less than one year.

Representation and Warranty Liability
In the ordinary course of business, the Company sells residential loans on a non-recourse basis to certain government-sponsored entities ("GSEs") and private investors. In connection with these sales, the Company has entered into agreements containing various representations and warranties about, among other things, the ownership of the loans, the validity of the liens securing the loans, the loans' compliance with any applicable loan criteria established by the GSEs and the private investors, including underwriting standards and the ongoing existence of mortgage insurance, the absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loans and the loans' compliance with applicable federal, state, and local laws. Breaches of these representations and warranties may require the Company to repurchase the mortgage loan or, if the loan has been foreclosed, the underlying collateral, or otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to the GSEs and the private investors. The repurchase liability is recorded within Accrued expenses and payables on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related income statement activity is recorded in Mortgage banking revenue on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. Management believes our repurchase liability appropriately reflects the estimated probable losses on repurchase claims for all loans sold and outstanding as of September 30, 2013. In making these estimates, we consider the losses we expect to incur over the lives of the loans sold. The table below represents the activity in the representation and warranty reserve for the dates indicated.
 
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(in thousands)
Beginning Balance
 
$
56,221

 
$
19,336

 
$
50,662

 
$
12,273

Provision
 
2,487

 
30,200

 
18,280

 
43,973

Recoveries
 

 

 

 
436

Charge-offs
 
(2,769
)
 
(4,529
)
 
(13,003
)
 
(11,675
)
Ending Balance
 
$
55,939

 
$
45,007

 
$
55,939

 
$
45,007


49



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Other off-balance sheet risk stems from financial instruments that do not meet the definition of guarantees as specified in applicable accounting guidance, and from other relationships which include items such as indemnifications provided in the ordinary course of business and intercompany guarantees.
Litigation

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely parties to pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including class action claims. These actions and proceedings are generally based on alleged violations of consumer protection, securities, environmental, banking, employment and other laws. In some of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to regulatory examinations, information gathering requests, inquiries and investigations.

In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such litigation and regulatory matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the Company generally cannot predict the eventual outcome of the pending matters, the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters, or the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter. The Company does not anticipate at the present time that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such other legal proceedings will have a material effect on its financial position.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company establishes an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. In such cases, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of any amounts accrued. When a loss contingency is not both probable and estimable, the Company does not establish an accrued liability. As a litigation or regulatory matter develops, the Company, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, evaluates on an ongoing basis whether the matter presents a loss contingency that is probable and estimable, at which time an accrued liability is established with respect to such loss contingency. The Company continues to monitor the matter for further developments that could affect the amount of the accrued liability that has been previously established. For certain legal matters in which the Company is involved, the Company is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses. For other matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible, such an estimate is not possible. Excluding the matters discussed below, management currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that the Company could incur losses in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $60.0 million in excess of the accrued liability, if any, with it also being reasonably possible that the Company could incur no such losses in these matters. This estimated range of reasonably possible losses represents the estimate of possible losses over the lives of such legal matters, which may span an indeterminable number of years, and is based on information available as of September 30, 2013.

Below describes those matters where it is reasonably possible that the Company will incur a significant loss. Refer to Note 10 for disclosure regarding the lawsuit filed by the Company against the IRS/United States.


50



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

M. Fabrikant & Sons, Inc. Bankruptcy Adversary Proceeding

In October 2007, the official committee of unsecured creditors of the debtors, M. Fabrikant & Sons, Inc. (“MFS”) and a related company, Fabrikant-Leer International, Ltd. (“FLI”), filed an adversary proceeding against Sovereign Precious Metals, LLC (“SPM”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, and the Bank in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. The proceeding seeks to avoid $22.0 million in obligations otherwise due to the Bank (and formerly SPM) with respect to gold previously consigned to the debtor by the Bank. In addition, the adversary proceeding seeks to recover over $9.8 million in payments made to the Bank by an affiliate of the debtors. Several other financial institutions were named as defendants based upon other alleged fraudulent transfers. The defendants' motions to dismiss were denied in part and allowed in part. Claims remain against the Bank for approximately $33.0 million.

The plaintiff appealed the Bankruptcy Court's dismissal of certain claims, including those claims based on "actual fraud". On October 1, 2012, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York affirmed the January 25, 2011 order of the Bankruptcy Court. The plaintiff appealed the decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On October 15, 2013, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the judgment of the district court. As previously reported, the disposition of the appeal does not affect the Bank's exposure in the case.

Regulatory Matters

Foreclosure Matters

On April 13, 2011, the Bank consented to the issuance of a consent order by the Bank's previous primary federal banking regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), as part of an interagency horizontal review of foreclosure practices at 14 mortgage servicers. Upon its conversion to a national bank on January 26, 2012, the Bank entered into a stipulation consenting to the issuance of a consent order (the "Order") by the OCC, which contains the same terms as the OTS consent order.

On January 7, 2013, the Bank and nine other mortgage servicing companies subject to enforcement actions for deficient practices in mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure processing reached an agreement in principle with the OCC and the FRB to make cash payments and provide other assistance to borrowers. On February 28, 2013, the agreements were finalized with all ten mortgage servicing companies, including the Bank. Other assistance includes reductions of principal on first and second liens, payments to assist with short sales, deficiency balance waivers on past foreclosures and short sales, and forbearance assistance for unemployed homeowners. As of January 24, 2013, twelve other mortgage servicing companies subject to enforcement action for deficient practices in mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure processes also reached an agreement with the OCC or the FRB, as applicable.     

As a result of the agreement, the participating servicers, including the Bank, have ceased their independent foreclosure reviews, which involved case-by-case reviews, and replaced them with a broader framework allowing eligible borrowers to receive compensation in a more timely manner. This arrangement has not eliminated all of the Company's risks associated with foreclosures, since it does not protect the Bank from potential individual borrower claims, class action lawsuits, actions by state attorneys general, or actions by the Department of Justice or other regulators. In addition, all of the other terms of the Order are still in effect.

Under the agreement, the Bank paid $6.2 million into a remediation fund, the majority of which has been distributed to borrowers, and will engage in mortgage modifications over the next two years in an aggregate principal amount of $9.9 million. In return, the OCC waived any civil money penalties that could have been assessed against the Bank. From January 7, 2013 through July 31, 2013, the Company completed loss mitigation activities with our borrowers in respect of approximately $161.1 million of loan principal balances. The Company is currently working with the OCC to determine how much of these activities can be applied against our settlement requirements.

The Bank represents 0.17% of the total $9.3 billion settlement among the banks and is the smallest participant in the agreement. The total $16.1 million related to the remediation fund and mortgage modifications was fully reserved at December 31, 2012.

51



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND GUARANTEES (continued)

Identity Theft Protection Product Matter

The Bank has been in discussions to address concerns that some customers may have paid for but did not receive certain benefits of an identity theft protection product from a third-party vendor. The Bank has begun discussions with the third-party vendor on potential remedial actions to impacted customers. During the third quarter of 2013, fees expected to be returned to customers of $30.0 million were expensed within General and Administrative Expenses on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.


NOTE 13.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The parties related to the Company are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities, the Bank’s key management personnel (the members of its Board of Directors and certain officers at the level of executive vice president or above, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control. Each of the agreements was made in the ordinary course of business and on market terms.

The Company has various debt agreements with Banco Santander. For a listing of these debt agreements, see the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company has $2.5 billion of public securities consisting of various senior note obligations, trust preferred securities obligations and preferred stock issuances. Banco Santander owned approximately 24.1% of these securities as of September 30, 2013.

The Company has entered into derivative agreements with Banco Santander and Abbey National Treasury Services PLC
which consist primarily of customer related derivatives, and swap agreements to hedge interest rate risk and foreign currency exposure. These contracts had notional values of $3.1 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively, as of September 30, 2013 and $3.5 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2012.

In 2006, Banco Santander provided confirmation of standby letters of credit issued by the Bank. During the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the average unfunded balance outstanding under these commitments was $35.0 million and $311.3 million, respectively. The Bank paid approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million in fees to Banco Santander in the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, in connection with these commitments, compared to $0.3 million and $2.4 million in fees in the corresponding periods in the prior year.

SHUSA has a $500 million line of credit with Banco Santander that began in November 2012. There was no activity during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 or the corresponding period in 2012 related to this line of credit.

In addition, during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, the Company paid $0.5 million in rental payments to Banco Santander compared to $0.7 million in the corresponding periods in 2012.

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide loans to our executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders, also known as Regulation O insiders. Pursuant to our policy, such loans are issued on the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. The outstanding balance of these loans was $8.6 million and $6.5 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.


52



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 13.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

The Company and its affiliates have entered into various service agreements with Banco Santander and its affiliates. Those agreements include the following:

NW Services Co., a Banco Santander affiliate doing business as Aquanima, is under contract with the Bank to provide procurement services, with fees paid in the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 in the amount of $0.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively, compared to $0.9 million and $2.8 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. There were no payables in connection with this agreement at September 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Geoban, S.A., a Banco Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide services in connection with debit card disputes and claims support, and consumer and mortgage loan set-up and review, with fees paid in the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 in the amount of $3.9 million and $13.2 million, respectively, compared to $1.9 million and $15.0 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. In addition, the Company had payables with Geoban, S.A. in the amount of $2.3 million at December 31, 2012. There were no payables in connection with this agreement at September 30, 2013.The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Ingenieria de Software Bancario S.L., a Banco Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide information technology development, support and administration, with fees paid in the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 in the amount of $15.2 million and $87.9 million, respectively, compared to $27.6 million and $97.9 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. In addition, as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had payables with Ingenieria De Software Bancario S.L. in the amounts of $13.3 million and $27.9 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are capitalized in Premises and equipment on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales S.L., a Banco Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide professional services, and administration and support of information technology production systems, telecommunications and internal/external applications, with fees paid in the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 in the amount of $21.9 million and $64.4 million, respectively, compared to $25.0 million and $76.3 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. In addition, as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had payables with Produban Servicios Informaticos Generales S.L. in the amounts of $4.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Occupancy and equipment expenses and Technology expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A., a Banco Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide logistical support for the Bank’s derivative and hedging transactions and programs. In the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, fees in the amounts of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, were paid to Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas S.A. with respect to this agreement. There were no payables in connection with this agreement at September 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Santander Global Facilities (“SGF”), a Banco Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide (i) administration and management of employee benefits and payroll functions for the Bank and other affiliates, including employee benefits and payroll processing services provided by third party vendors sponsored by SGF, and (ii) property management and related services. In the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, fees in the amounts of $3.0 million and $8.6 million were paid to SGF with respect to this agreement, compared to $2.3 million and $7.1 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. There were no payables in connection with this agreement at September 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012. The fees related to this agreement are recorded in Outside services in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

53



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 13.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

Santander Securities LLC, a Banco Santander affiliate, is under contract with the Bank to provide integrated services and conduct broker-dealer activities and insurance services. Santander Securities collects amounts due from customers on behalf of the Bank and remits those amounts net of fees. As of September 30, 2013, the Company had receivables with Santander Securities in the amount of $3.8 million, compared to $3.9 million as of December 31, 2012 which are recorded within Other assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Fees recognized related to this agreement were $13.5 million and $37.7 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, and $0.8 million for the corresponding periods in 2012 which are recognized within Consumer fees in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. There were no payables in connection with this agreement at September 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012.
During the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded expenses of $4.2 million and $13.6 million, respectively, related to transactions with SCUSA, compared to $6.0 million and $20.7 million for the corresponding periods in 2012, which are recorded within Loan expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. In addition, as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had receivables and prepaid expenses with SCUSA in the amounts of $40.0 million and $59.2 million, respectively, which are recorded within Other Assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and payables to SCUSA in the amounts of $3.8 million and $4.5 million which are recorded within Accrued Expenses and Payables on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The activity is primarily related to SCUSA's servicing of certain outstanding Bank loan portfolios and dividends paid by SCUSA to SHUSA.
On June 28, 2013, the Bank entered into a servicing and sourcing agreement with SCUSA for Chrysler dealer lending opportunities, under which SCUSA will provide servicing on loans originated by the Bank. On August 16, 2013, the Company purchased performing dealer loans with an outstanding balance of $204.8 million from SCUSA, which have been classified as commercial and industrial loans.


NOTE 14.  FAIR VALUE

General

As of September 30, 2013, $12.1 billion of the Company’s total assets consisted of financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial instruments for which the Company elected the fair value option. Approximately $9.9 million of these financial instruments were measured using quoted market prices for identical instruments or Level 1 inputs. Approximately $11.9 billion of these financial instruments were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based and market-derived information, or Level 2 inputs. Approximately $194.4 million of these financial instruments were measured using model-based techniques, or Level 3 inputs, and represented approximately 1.6% of total assets measured at fair value and approximately 0.3% of total consolidated assets.

Fair value is defined in U.S. GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value reporting hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value and defines the three levels of inputs as noted below:

Level 1 - Assets or liabilities for which the identical item is traded on an active exchange, such as publicly-traded instruments or futures contracts.

Level 2 - Assets and liabilities valued based on observable market data for similar instruments. Fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly.


54



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Level 3 - Assets or liabilities for which significant valuation assumptions are not readily observable in the market; and instruments valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require. Fair value is estimated using unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities may include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing services, pricing models with internally developed assumptions, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value, by their nature, result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When available, the Company attempts to use quoted market prices or matrix pricing in active markets to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1 or Level 2 assets or liabilities. If quoted market prices in active markets are not available, fair value is determined using third-party broker quotes and/or discounted cash flow models incorporating various assumptions including interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using broker quotes and/or discounted cash flow models are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowest level classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation.

The Company values assets and liabilities based on the principal market on which each would be sold (in the case of assets) or transferred (in the case of liabilities). The principal market is the forum with the greatest volume and level of activity. In the absence of a principal market, the valuation is based on the most advantageous market. In the absence of observable market transactions, the Company considers liquidity valuation adjustments to reflect the uncertainty in pricing the instruments. The fair value of a financial asset is measured on a stand-alone basis and cannot be measured as a group, with the exception of certain financial instruments held and managed on a net portfolio basis. In measuring the fair value of a nonfinancial asset, the Company assumes the highest and best use of the asset by a market participant, not just the intended use, to maximize the value of the asset. The Company also considers whether any credit valuation adjustments are necessary based on the counterparty's credit quality.

Any models used to determine fair values or validate dealer quotes based on the descriptions below are subject to review and testing as part of the Company's model validation and internal control testing processes.

The Bank's Market Risk Department is responsible for determining and approving the fair values of all assets and liabilities valued at fair value, including our Level 3 assets and liabilities. Price validation procedures are performed and the results are reviewed for Level 3 assets and liabilities by the Market Risk Department. Price validation procedures performed for these assets and liabilities can include comparing current prices to historical pricing trends by collateral type and vintage, comparing prices by product type to indicative pricing grids published by market makers, and obtaining corroborating dealer prices for significant securities.

The Company reviews the assumptions utilized to determine fair value on a quarterly basis. Any changes in methodologies or significant inputs used in determining fair values are further reviewed to determine if a change in fair value level hierarchy has occurred. Transfers in and out of Levels 1, 2 and 3 are considered to be effective as of the end of the quarter in which they occur.

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 for any assets or liabilities valued at fair value on a recurring basis. During the Company's review of its investment portfolio performed during the first three months of 2012, the Company transferred its collateralized loan obligation securities ("CLOs"), which are asset-backed securities, from Level 2 to Level 3 due to the lack of price transparency in connection with its limited trading activity. The CLOs are valued using a third-party pricing service. Late in the third quarter of 2012, the Company changed its third-party pricing indications from an issuing broker to a pricing service, as the new provider is able to provide a more precise and market-driven valuation for these types of investments. During the Company's review of valuation methodologies in the fourth quarter of 2012, it was determined that the pricing techniques utilized by the provider would be considered Level 2. Therefore, during the fourth quarter of 2012, CLOs were transferred back to Level 2 from Level 3.


55



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The following tables present the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by major product category and fair value hierarchy as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Balance at
September 30, 2013
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US Treasury and government agency securities
$

 
$
9,500

 
$

 
$
9,500

Debentures of FHLB, FNMA and FHLMC

 
29,999

 

 
29,999

Corporate debt

 
2,236,616

 

 
2,236,616

Asset-backed securities

 
2,282,787

 
52,822

 
2,335,609

Equity Securities
9,887

 

 

 
9,887

State and municipal securities

 
1,890,009

 

 
1,890,009

Mortgage backed securities

 
5,035,826

 

 
5,035,826

Total investment securities available-for-sale
9,887

 
11,484,737

 
52,822

 
11,547,446

Loans held for sale

 
171,612

 

 
171,612

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
138,050

 
138,050

Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value

 
1,679

 

 
1,679

Cash Flow

 
3,613

 

 
3,613

Mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments

 

 
3,504

 
3,504

Customer related

 
245,139

 

 
245,139

Foreign exchange

 
9,548

 

 
9,548

  Mortgage servicing

 
8,535

 

 
8,535

Other

 
2,903

 
16

 
2,919

Total financial assets
$
9,887

 
$
11,927,766

 
$
194,392

 
$
12,132,045

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value
$

 
$
2,118

 
$

 
$
2,118

Cash flow

 
71,826

 

 
71,826

Mortgage banking forward sell commitments

 
5,310

 

 
5,310

Customer related

 
224,505

 

 
224,505

Total return swap

 

 
285

 
285

Foreign exchange

 
9,699

 

 
9,699

  Mortgage servicing

 
261

 

 
261

Other

 
2,895

 
142

 
3,037

Total financial liabilities
$

 
$
316,614

 
$
427

 
$
317,041


56



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Balance at
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US Treasury and government agency securities
$

 
$
8,996

 
$

 
$
8,996

Debentures of FHLB, FNMA and FHLMC

 
1,150

 

 
1,150

Corporate debt

 
2,705,706

 

 
2,705,706

Asset-backed securities

 
1,775,463

 
43,374

 
1,818,837

Equity securities
5,216

 

 

 
5,216

State and municipal securities

 
2,060,292

 

 
2,060,292

Mortgage backed securities

 
12,083,823

 

 
12,083,823

Total investment securities available-for-sale
5,216

 
18,635,430

 
43,374

 
18,684,020

Loans held for sale

 
843,442

 

 
843,442

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
92,512

 
92,512

Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value

 
10,452

 

 
10,452

Cash flow

 
524

 

 
524

Mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments

 

 
15,402

 
15,402

Customer related

 
366,934

 

 
366,934

Foreign exchange

 
9,998

 

 
9,998

Mortgage servicing rights

 
204

 

 
204

Other

 
5,144

 
83

 
5,227

Total financial assets
$
5,216

 
$
19,872,128

 
$
151,371

 
$
20,028,715

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value
$

 
$
11,458

 
$

 
$
11,458

Cash flow

 
120,844

 

 
120,844

Mortgage banking forward sell commitments

 
3,364

 

 
3,364

Customer related

 
357,900

 

 
357,900

Total return swap

 

 
564

 
564

Foreign exchange

 
7,638

 

 
7,638

Mortgage servicing rights

 
1,023

 

 
1,023

Other

 
4,877

 
199

 
5,076

Total financial liabilities
$

 
$
507,104

 
$
763

 
$
507,867



57



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The Company may be required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP from time to time. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or certain impairment measures. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were still held on the balance sheet were as follows:

Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans held for investment
$

 
$
131,208

 
$
122,612

 
$
253,820

Foreclosed assets

 
54,337

 

 
54,337

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans held for investment
$

 
$
506,637

 
$
40,674

 
$
547,311

Foreclosed assets

 
39,904

 

 
39,904


Valuation Processes and Techniques

Impaired loans held for investment represents the recorded investment of impaired commercial loans for which the Company periodically records nonrecurring adjustments of collateral-dependent loans measured for impairment when establishing the allowance for loan losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan. Appraisals are obtained to support the fair value of the collateral and incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties, which are considered Level 2 inputs. Loans for which the value of the underlying collateral is determined using a combination of real estate appraisals, field exams and internal calculations are considered Level 3 inputs. The inputs in the internal calculations include the loan balance, estimation of the collectability of the underlying receivables held by the customer used as collateral, sale and liquidation value of the inventory held by the customer used as collateral, and historical loss-given-default parameters. In cases in which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, an impairment charge is recognized. The total carrying value of these loans was $188.7 million and $485.6 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Foreclosed assets represents the recorded investment in assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans, and is primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are generally measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of the real property is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace.

Fair Value Adjustments

The following table presents the increases and decreases in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations relating to assets held at period-end.
 
Statement of Operations
Location
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Impaired loans held for investment
Provision for credit losses
 
$
(13,252
)
 
$
29,680

 
$
(11,175
)
 
$
66,558

Foreclosed assets
Other administrative expense
 
(1,168
)
 
(1,786
)
 
(3,571
)
 
(4,859
)
 
 
 
$
(14,420
)
 
$
27,894

 
$
(14,746
)
 
$
61,699


58



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Level 3 Rollforward for Recurring Assets and Liabilities

The tables below present the changes in all Level 3 balances for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Three-Month Period Ended September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments
Available for Sale
 
MSRs
 
Derivatives
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Asset/(Liability) Balance, June 30, 2013
$
54,369

 
$
138,141

 
$
(9,969
)
 
$
182,541

Losses in other comprehensive income
(1,123
)
 

 

 
(1,123
)
Gains/(losses) in earnings

 
(3,137
)
 
12,955

 
9,818

Issuances

 
8,489

 

 
8,489

Settlements(1)
(424
)
 
(5,443
)
 
107

 
(5,760
)
Asset Balance, September 30, 2013
$
52,822

 
$
138,050

 
$
3,093

 
$
193,965

Changes in unrealized losses included in earnings related to balances still held at September 30, 2013
$

 
$
(3,137
)
 
$
(15
)
 
$
(3,152
)


Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments
Available for Sale
 
MSRs
 
Derivatives
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2012
$
43,374

 
$
92,512

 
$
14,722

 
$
150,608

Gains in other comprehensive income
10,701

 

 

 
10,701

Gains/(losses) in earnings

 
30,229

 
(11,946
)
 
18,283

Issuances

 
32,535

 

 
32,535

Settlements(1)
(1,253
)
 
(17,226
)
 
317

 
(18,162
)
Asset Balance, September 30, 2013
$
52,822

 
$
138,050

 
$
3,093

 
$
193,965

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to balances still held at September 30, 2012
$

 
$
30,229

 
$
(48
)
 
$
30,181

(1)
Settlements include prepayments, paydowns and maturities.

59



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Three-Month Period Ended September 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments
Available for Sale
 
MSRs
 
Derivatives
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Asset Balance, June 30, 2012
$
749,693

 
$
95,536

 
$
11,291

 
$
856,520

Gains in other comprehensive income
1,114

 

 

 
1,114

Gains/(losses) in earnings

 
(25,614
)
 
26,957

 
1,343

Purchases
44,974

 

 

 
44,974

Issuances

 
8,173

 

 
8,173

Sales

 

 

 

Settlements(1)
(374
)
 

 

 
(374
)
Amortization

 

 

 

Asset Balance, September 30, 2012
$
795,407

 
$
78,095

 
$
38,248

 
$
911,750

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to balances still held at September 30, 2012
$

 
$
(25,614
)
 
$
847

 
$
(24,767
)

Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments
Available for Sale
 
MSRs
 
Derivatives
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Asset Balance, December 31, 2011
$
52,315

 
$
91,686

 
$
1,143

 
$
145,144

Losses in other comprehensive income
(5,169
)
 

 

 
(5,169
)
Gains/(losses) in earnings
(50
)
 
(44,684
)
 
37,105

 
(7,629
)
Purchases
192,974

 

 

 
192,974

Issuances

 
31,616

 

 
31,616

Sales
(20,000
)
 

 

 
(20,000
)
Settlements(1)
(1,123
)
 

 

 
(1,123
)
Amortization

 
(523
)
 

 
(523
)
Transfers into/out of level 3
576,460

 

 

 
576,460

Asset Balance, September 30, 2012
$
795,407

 
$
78,095

 
$
38,248

 
$
911,750

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to balances still held at September 30, 2012
$

 
$
(44,772
)
 
$
5,374

 
$
(39,398
)
(1)
Settlements include prepayments, paydowns and maturities.


60



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Valuation Processes and Techniques - Recurring Fair Value Assets and Liabilities

Following is a description of the valuation techniques used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Investment securities available for sale

The Company utilizes a third-party pricing service to value its investment portfolio. Our primary pricing service has consistently proved to be a high quality third-party pricing provider. For those investments not valued by our primary servicer, other trusted market sources are utilized. The vendors the Company uses provide pricing services on a global basis. The Company monitors and validates the reliability of vendor pricing on an ongoing basis, which can include pricing methodology reviews, performing detailed reviews of the assumptions and inputs used by the vendor to price individual securities, and price validation testing. Price validation testing is performed independent of the risk-taking function and can include corroborating the prices received from third-party vendors with prices from another third-party source, reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, comparison to internal valuations, or by reference to recent sales of similar securities. Securities not priced by one of the pricing vendors may be valued using a dealer quote.

Actively traded quoted market prices for investment securities available-for-sale, such as government agency bonds, corporate debt, and state and municipal securities, are not readily available. The Company's principal markets for its investment securities are the secondary institutional markets with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid level pricing in these markets. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing securities that incorporate relevant market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions.

CLOs are initially valued by the provider using discounted cash flow models which consider inputs such as default correlation, credit spread, prepayment speed, conditional default rate and loss severity. The price produced by the model is then compared to recent trades for similar transactions. If there are differences between the model price and the market price, adjustments are made to the model so the final price approximates the market price. These investments are, therefore, considered Level 2.

Certain of the Company's investments in asset-backed securities are valued based on their amortized cost, which is determined to be equal to the fair value of the securities. These securities have been classified as Level 2, as an active market does not exist for these securities; however, observable inputs, such as rate of return on each of the programs and observable yield curves, do exist.

The Company's equity securities are priced using net asset value per share, since the price is unadjusted. These investments are, therefore, considered Level 1.

The Company’s Level 3 investment assets are comprised of a sale-leaseback security. This investment is thinly traded, and the Company determined the estimated fair value of this security by evaluating pricing information from a combination of sources such as third-party pricing services, third-party broker quotes for certain securities and other independent third-party valuation sources. These quotes are benchmarked against similar securities that are more actively traded to assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value. The fair market value estimate assigned to this security assumes liquidation in an orderly fashion and not under distressed circumstances. Significant unobservable inputs include third-party quotes and pricing on comparable securities that are more actively traded, as well as management-determined comparability adjustments. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

Gains and losses on investments are recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations through Net gain on sale of investment securities.

61



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Loans Held for Sale

The fair values of LHFS are estimated using published forward agency prices to agency buyers such as the FNMA and the FHLMC. The majority of the residential LHFS portfolio is sold to these two agencies. The fair value is determined using current secondary market prices for portfolios with similar characteristics, adjusted for servicing values and market conditions. These loans are regularly traded in active markets, and observable pricing information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in these inputs to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage LHFS are classified as Level 2. See further discussion below in the Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities section below.

Mortgage servicing rights

The model to value MSRs estimates the present value of the future net cash flows from mortgage servicing activities based on various assumptions. These cash flows include servicing and ancillary revenue, offset by the estimated costs of performing servicing activities. Significant assumptions used in the valuation of residential MSRs are CPR and the discount rate, reflective of a market participant's required return on an investment for similar assets. Other important valuation assumptions include market-based servicing costs and the anticipated earnings on escrow and similar balances held by the Company in the normal course of mortgage servicing activities. All of these assumptions are considered to be unobservable inputs. Historically, servicing costs and discount rates have been less volatile than CPR and earnings rates, both of which are directly correlated with changes in market interest rates. Increases in prepayment speeds, discount rates and servicing costs result in lower valuations of MSRs. Decreases in the anticipated earnings rate on escrow and similar balances result in lower valuations of MSRs. For each of these items, the Company makes assumptions based on current market information and future expectations. All of the assumptions are based on standards that the Company believes would be utilized by market participants in valuing mortgage servicing rights and are derived and/or benchmarked against independent public sources. Accordingly, MSRs are classified as Level 3. Gains and losses on MSRs are recognized on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations through Mortgage banking income. See further discussion on MSRs in Note 7.

Listed below are the most significant inputs that are utilized by the Company in the evaluation of residential MSRs:

A 10% and 20% increase in the CPR speed would decrease the fair value of the residential servicing asset by $4.7 million and $9.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2013.
A 10% and 20% increase in the discount rate would decrease the fair value of the residential servicing asset by $5.8 million and $11.2 million, respectively, at September 30, 2013.

Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. These sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption, while in reality changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. Prepayment estimates generally increase when market interest rates decline and decrease when market interest rates rise. Discount rates typically increase when market interest rates increase and/or credit and liquidity risks increase and decrease when market interest rates decline and/or credit and liquidity conditions improve.



62



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Derivatives

The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable and unobservable market-based inputs. The fair value represents the estimated amount SHUSA would receive or pay to terminate the contracts or agreements, taking into account current interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and, when appropriate, the current creditworthiness of the counterparties.

The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments in the fair value measurement of its derivatives to reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty's nonperformance risk in the fair value measurement of its derivatives. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings and guarantees.

The Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain of the Company's derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, which are primarily related to mortgage banking derivatives-interest rate lock commitments.

The discounted cash flow model is utilized to determine the fair value for the mortgage banking derivatives-interest rate lock commitments. The significant unobservable inputs for mortgage banking derivatives used in the fair value measurement of the reporting entity‘s loan commitments are "pull through" percentage and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value. The pull through percentage is an estimate of loan commitments that will result in closed loans. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a mortgage banking derivative asset (liability) results when the probability of funding increases (decreases). Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a mortgage loan commitment result when the embedded servicing value increases (decreases).

Gains and losses related to derivatives affect various line items in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 9 for a discussion of derivatives activity.

Level 3 Inputs - Significant Recurring Assets and Liabilities

The following table presents quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within significant Level 3 recurring assets and liabilities.
 
Fair Value at September 30, 2013
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
Range (Weighted Average)
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Assets:
 
Sale-leaseback securities
$
52,822

 
Consensus Pricing (1)
 
Offered quotes (3)
 
133.8
%
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
138,050

 
Discounted Cash Flow
 
Prepayment rate (CPR) (5)
 
0.25% - 39.23%
(8.10%)

 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate (6)
 
10.7
%
Mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments
$
3,504

 
Discounted Cash Flow
 
Pull through percentage (4)
 
79.84
%
 
 
 
 
 
MSR value (2)
 
0.79% - 1.24%
(1.14%)

(1) Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party valuations or comparable asset prices.
(2) MSR value is the estimated value of the servicing right embedded in the underlying loan, expressed in basis points of outstanding unpaid principal balance.
(3) Based on the nature of the input, a range or weighted average does not exist. For sale-lease back securities, the Company owns one security.
(4) Historical weighted average based on principal balance calculated as the percentage of loans originated for sale divided by total commitments less outstanding commitments. 
(5) Average CPR projected from collateral stratified by loan type, note rate and maturity.
(6) Based on the nature of the input, a range or weighted average does not exist.

63



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
September 30, 2013
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
$
4,542,370

 
$
4,542,370

 
$
4,542,370

 
$

 
$

Available-for-sale investment securities
11,547,446

 
11,547,446

 
9,887

 
11,484,737

 
52,822

Debentures of FHLB, FNMA and FHLMC
19,815

 
20,000

 

 
20,000

 

Loans held for investment, net
48,858,298

 
48,364,888

 

 
131,208

 
48,233,680

Loans held for sale
171,612

 
171,612

 

 
171,612

 

Restricted Cash
118,285

 
118,285

 
118,285

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights
138,050

 
138,050

 

 

 
138,050

Derivatives
274,937

 
274,937

 

 
271,417

 
3,520

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Deposits
49,310,417

 
49,393,437

 
40,354,288

 
9,039,149

 

Borrowings and other debt obligations
12,150,987

 
13,319,296

 

 
13,319,296

 

Derivatives
317,041

 
317,041

 

 
316,614

 
427


 
December 31, 2012
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
$
2,220,811

 
$
2,220,811

 
$
2,220,811

 
$

 
$

Available-for-sale investment securities
18,684,020

 
18,684,020

 
5,216

 
18,635,430

 
43,374

Debentures of FHLB, FNMA and FHLMC
19,672

 
20,000

 

 
20,000

 

Loans held for investment, net
51,375,442

 
50,682,773

 

 
506,637

 
50,176,136

Loans held for sale
843,442

 
843,442

 

 
843,442

 

Restricted Cash
488,455

 
488,455

 
488,455

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights
92,512

 
92,512

 

 

 
92,512

Derivatives
408,741

 
408,741

 

 
393,256

 
15,485

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Deposits
50,790,038

 
50,931,010

 
38,121,149

 
12,809,861

 

Borrowings and other debt obligations
19,264,206

 
20,632,540

 

 
20,632,540

 

Derivatives
507,867

 
507,867

 

 
507,104

 
763


64



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Valuation Processes and Techniques - Financial Instruments

The preceding tables present disclosures about the fair value of the Company's financial instruments. Those fair values for certain instruments are presented based upon subjective estimates of relevant market conditions at a specific point in time and information about each financial instrument. In cases in which quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties resulting in variability in estimates affected by changes in assumptions and risks of the financial instruments at a certain point in time. Therefore, the derived fair value estimates presented above for certain instruments cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets. In addition, the fair values do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time an entity’s entire holding of a particular financial instrument, nor does it reflect potential taxes and the expenses that would be incurred in an actual sale or settlement. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented above do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments not measured at fair value on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet:

Cash and amounts due from depository institutions

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from depository institutions, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell. The related fair value measurements have been classified as Level 1, as their carrying value approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the asset.

As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $118.3 million and $488.5 million , respectively, of restricted cash. Restricted cash is related to cash restricted for investment purposes, cash posted for collateral purposes and cash advanced for loan purchases. Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, have maturities of three months or less and, accordingly, the carrying amount of these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Debentures of FHLB, FNMA, and FHLMC

Other investments include debentures of the FHLB, FNMA and FHLMC. The related fair value measurements have generally been classified as Level 2, as carrying value approximates fair value.

Loans held for investment, net

The fair values of loans are estimated based on groupings of similar loans, including but not limited to stratifications by type, interest rate, maturity, and borrower creditworthiness. Discounted future cash flow analyses are performed for these loans incorporating assumptions of current and projected voluntary prepayment speeds. Discount rates are determined using the Company's current origination rates on similar loans, adjusted for changes in current liquidity and credit spreads (if necessary). Because the current liquidity spreads are generally not observable in the market and the expected loss assumptions are based on the Company's experience, these are Level 3 valuations. Impaired loans are valued at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See further discussion under Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis above.

Deposits

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, savings accounts and certain money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand and does not take into account the significant value of the cost advantage and stability of the Company’s long-term relationships with depositors. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting cash flows using currently offered rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The related fair value measurements have generally been classified as Level 1 for core deposits, as the carrying value approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the liabilities. All other deposits are considered to be Level 2.

65



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE (continued)

Borrowings and other debt obligations

Fair value is estimated by discounting cash flows using rates currently available to the Company for other borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities. Certain other debt obligation instruments are valued using available market quotes for similar instruments, which contemplates issuer default risk. The related fair value measurements have generally been classified as Level 2.

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit include the value of unfunded lending commitments and standby letters of credit as well as the recorded liability for probable losses. The Company’s pricing of such financial instruments is based largely on credit quality and relationship, probability of funding and other requirements. Loan commitments often have fixed expiration dates and contain termination and other clauses which provide relief from funding in the event of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the customer. The rates and terms of the Company’s loan commitments and letters of credit are competitive with other financial institutions operating in markets served by the Company.

The liability for probable losses is estimated by analyzing unfunded lending commitments and standby letters of credit for commercial customers and segregating by risk according to the Company's internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in conjunction with an analysis of historical loss experience, current economic conditions and performance trends within specific portfolio segments, and any other pertinent information, result in the estimation of the reserve for probable losses.

These instruments and the related reserve are classified as Level 3. The Company believes that the carrying amounts, which are included in other liabilities, are reasonable estimates of the fair value of these financial instruments.

Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

LHFS

The Company adopted the fair value option on residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale, which allows the Company to record the mortgage loan held-for-sale portfolio at fair market value versus the lower of cost, net of deferred fees, deferred origination costs and effects of hedge accounting, or market. The Company economically hedges its residential LHFS portfolio with forward sale agreements, which are reported at fair value. A lower of cost or market accounting treatment would not allow the Company to record the excess of the fair market value over book value, but would require the Company to record the corresponding reduction in value on the hedges. Both the loans and related hedges are carried at fair value, which reduces earnings volatility, as the amounts more closely offset, particularly when interest rates are declining.

The Company's residential LHFS portfolio had an aggregate fair value of $171.6 million at September 30, 2013. The contractual principal amount of these loans totaled $169.8 million at September 30, 2013. The difference in fair value compared to the principal balance of $1.8 million was recorded in mortgage banking income in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013. Substantially all of these loans are current and none are in non-accrual status. Interest income on these loans is credited to interest income as earned.

Residential MSRs

As of January 1, 2012, the Company elected to account for its existing portfolio of residential MSRs at fair value. Prior to this election, residential MSRs were accounted for using the amortization method subject to impairment. This election created greater flexibility with regards to any ongoing decisions relating to risk management of the asset by mitigating the effects of changes to the residential MSRs' fair value through the use of risk management instruments.

The Company's residential MSRs had an aggregate fair value of $138.1 million at September 30, 2013. Changes in fair value totaling gains of $30.2 million were recorded in mortgage banking income in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013.

66



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 15.  BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Business Segment Products and Services

The Company’s reportable segments, excluding its investment in SCUSA, are focused principally around the customers the Bank serves. The Company has identified the following reportable segments:

The Retail Banking segment is primarily comprised of the branch locations and the residential mortgage business. The branches offer a wide range of products and services to customers, and each attracts deposits by offering a variety of deposit instruments including demand and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market and savings accounts, CDs and retirement savings products. The branches also offer consumer loans such as home equity loans and lines of credit. The Retail Banking segment also includes small business loans to individuals.

The Corporate Banking segment provides the majority of the Company’s commercial lending platforms, such as commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans, commercial and industrial loans, commercial equipment and vehicle financing and the Company’s related commercial deposits.

The GBM segment includes businesses with large corporate domestic and foreign clients.

The Non-Strategic Assets, formerly known as Specialized Business, segment is primarily comprised of non-strategic lending groups, which include runoff of indirect legacy automobile, aviation and continuing care retirement community portfolios.

SCUSA is a specialized consumer finance company engaged in the purchase, securitization and servicing of retail installment contracts originated by automobile dealers and direct origination of retail installment contracts over the internet. SCUSA is accounted for as an equity method investment. As of September 30, 2013, the Company owned approximately 65% of SCUSA. The Company's investment balance in SCUSA as of September 30, 2013 was $2.9 billion.

The following table represents the financial results and position of SCUSA as a stand-alone company for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Net interest income
$
1,062,620

 
$
649,134

 
$
2,789,773

 
$
1,869,474

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
302,389

 
463,259

 
1,226,437

 
1,209,272

Income before taxes
177,307

 
353,820

 
904,157

 
983,970

Net income
111,821

 
212,559

 
581,744

 
611,704

Noncontrolling interest
(576
)
 
(44,092
)
 
1,821

 
(15,858
)
Net income attributable to SCUSA
$
111,245

 
$
168,467

 
$
583,565

 
$
595,846

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
25,607,845

 
$
18,826,462

 
$
25,607,845

 
$
18,826,462


The Other category includes earnings from the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Company's borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.

67



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 15.  BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

General

The Company’s reportable segment results, excluding SCUSA, are derived from the Company’s business unit profitability reporting system by specifically attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related interest income or expense to each of the segments. Funds transfer pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost for funds used or a credit for funds provided to business line deposits, loans and selected other assets using a matched funding concept. The methodology includes a liquidity premium adjustment, which considers an appropriate market participant spread for commercial loans and deposits by analyzing the mix of borrowings available to the Company with comparable maturity periods.

The provision for credit losses recorded for each segment is based on the net charge-offs of each segment and changes in total reserves allocated to each segment. Provision expense is allocated across all segments. Expenses directly related to each segment are allocated to the segment, and indirect expenses remain in the Other category. Other income and expenses are managed directly by each business line, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct expenses, as well as certain allocated corporate expenses, and are accounted for within each segment’s financial results. Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to establish methodologies to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. Where practical, the results are adjusted to present consistent methodologies for the segments.

Designations, assignments and allocations change from time to time as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change or business segments are realigned to better respond to the Company's diverse customer base. Management uses more than one measure of a segment's profit or loss in assessing a segment's performance. These measures can also be realigned. Net interest income is considered a key measure; however all components of a segments results are evaluated and considered.

The application and development of management reporting methodologies is a dynamic process and is subject to periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment with no impact on consolidated results. Whenever significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, prior period information is reclassified wherever practicable.

2013 Segment Changes

During the first quarter of 2013, the following changes were made within our reportable segments to better align
management teams and resources with the business goals of the Company and to provide enhanced customer service to our
clients:

A new business unit called Commercial Banking merged the Middle Market and Business Banking groups under the Corporate Banking reportable segment. Previously, Business Banking was included within the Retail Banking reportable segment and Middle Market was included within the Corporate Banking reportable segment. Commercial Banking represents one of the most important growth opportunities for our Bank, and merging these two groups with a clearly delineated geographical emphasis will aid in evaluating these opportunities.

The large Corporate business, previously under the Corporate Banking reportable segment, is part of the GBM reportable segment. This provides our large corporate clients with direct access to the broader menu of products and services available under the GBM platform, both locally and globally.

New originations in the automobile loan business have moved from the Corporate Banking segment to the Retail Banking reportable segment. The runoff of the existing indirect automobile portfolio will continue to be managed in the Non-Strategic Assets reportable segment. The CEVF business, previously under the Retail Banking reportable segment, is now part of the Corporate Banking reportable segment.


68



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 15.  BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Internal funds transfer pricing ("FTP") guidelines and methodologies were revised to align with Banco Santander corporate criteria for internal management reporting. This change included implementation of contract level liquidity premium methodology replacing the weighted average life method assumptions used in 2012 for internal management reporting. These changes in internal funds transfer pricing guidelines and methodologies impact all reporting segments. However, the impact varies based on the segment's product portfolio composition.

Excluding the FTP change, prior period results have been recast to conform to the new composition of the reportable segments. Due to system constraints, the FTP change is not able to be recast.

During the third quarter of 2013, certain management and business line changes were announced which will be effective for reporting purposes during the fourth quarter. Management is in the process of determining the impact of the changes on the Company’s reportable segments.

Results of Segments

The following tables present certain information regarding the Company’s segments. Dollars in thousands.
For the Three-Month Period Ended
 
 
 
 
 
GBM
 
Non-Strategic Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
Retail
Banking
 
Corporate
Banking
 
 
 
Other (2)
 
Equity method investment in SCUSA
 
Total
Net interest income
 
$
215,934

 
$
129,799

 
$
37,898

 
$
7,388

 
$
(22,338
)
 
$

 
$
368,681

Total non-interest income
 
83,351

 
31,690

 
12,923

 
2,141

 
(6,871
)
 
73,565

 
196,799

Provision for credit losses
 
26,204

 
2,187

 
(9,560
)
 
(7,927
)
 
(10,904
)
 

 

Total expenses
 
226,945

 
45,011

 
14,033

 
7,712

 
176,379

 

 
470,080

Income/(loss) before income taxes
 
46,136

 
114,291

 
46,348

 
9,744

 
(194,684
)
 
73,565

 
95,400

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment revenue/(expense) (1)
 
49,543

 
(93,181
)
 
(11,563
)
 
(5,295
)
 
60,496

 

 

Total average assets
 
$
19,839,610

 
$
23,045,598

 
$
7,717,050

 
$
826,035

 
$
26,387,019

 
$

 
$
77,815,312

For the Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
 
 
 
GBM
 
Non-Strategic Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
Retail Banking
 
Corporate Banking
 
 
 
Other (2)
 
Equity method investment in SCUSA
 
Total
Net interest income
 
$
591,556

 
$
377,851

 
$
120,815

 
$
26,745

 
$
33,009

 
$

 
$
1,149,976

Total non-interest income
 
303,531

 
97,129

 
59,672

 
7,659

 
24,025

 
378,996

 
871,012

Provision for credit losses
 
72,875

 
(1,964
)
 
(3,993
)
 
(28,556
)
 
(11,512
)
 

 
26,850

Total expenses
 
663,069

 
133,431

 
40,384

 
22,556

 
427,894

 

 
1,287,334

Income/(loss) before income taxes
 
159,143

 
343,513

 
144,096

 
40,404

 
(359,348
)
 
378,996

 
706,804

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment revenue/(expense) (1)
 
94,814

 
(282,895
)
 
(38,883
)
 
(16,766
)
 
243,730

 

 

Total average assets
 
$
20,497,149

 
$
22,798,051

 
$
8,175,844

 
$
922,377

 
$
28,493,239

 
$

 
$
80,886,660

(1)
Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and is included in net interest income.
(2)
Other is not considered a segment and includes earnings from the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.


69



SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)



NOTE 15.  BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

For the Three-Month Period Ended
 
 
 
 
 
GBM
 
Non-Strategic Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
Retail
 
Corporate
 
 
 
Other (2)
 
Equity method investment in SCUSA
 
Total
Net interest income
 
$
186,188

 
$
124,388

 
$
35,597

 
$
10,008

 
$
62,137

 
$

 
$
418,318

Total non-interest income
 
82,849

 
23,480

 
12,926

 
2,979

 
14,412

 
112,837

 
249,483

Provision for credit losses
 
89,854

 
(17,574
)
 
(11,738
)
 
(34,104
)
 
44,562

 

 
71,000

Total expenses
 
216,018

 
38,588

 
5,787

 
6,689

 
378,809

 

 
645,891

(Loss)/income before income taxes
 
(36,835
)
 
126,854

 
54,474

 
40,402

 
(346,822
)
 
112,837

 
(49,090
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment (expense)/revenue (1)
 
(1,506
)
 
(107,776
)
 
(17,064
)
 
(11,646
)
 
137,992

 

 

Total average assets
 
$
22,635,358

 
$
22,093,662

 
$
7,857,926

 
$
1,377,246

 
$
29,675,386

 
$

 
$
83,639,578


For the Nine-Month Period Ended
 
 
 
 
 
GBM
 
Non-Strategic Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
Retail
 
Corporate
 
 
 
Other (2)
 
Equity method investment in SCUSA
 
Total
Net interest income
 
$
557,228

 
$
370,151

 
$
102,074

 
$
31,228

 
$
212,154

 
$

 
$
1,272,835

Total non-interest income
 
299,576

 
60,783

 
44,132

 
11,172

 
92,635

 
386,576

 
894,874

Provision for credit losses
 
209,926

 
9,907

 
8,630

 
(47,799
)
 
101,136

 

 
281,800

Total expenses
 
643,048

 
116,857

 
32,299

 
20,567

 
637,734

 

 
1,450,505

Income/(loss) before income taxes
 
3,830

 
304,170

 
105,277

 
69,632

 
(434,081
)
 
386,576

 
435,404

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment (expense)/revenue (1)
 
(26,131
)
 
(331,690
)
 
(40,941
)
 
(43,438
)
 
442,200

 

 

Total average assets
 
$
22,993,536

 
$
21,857,118

 
$
7,204,913

 
$
1,595,449

 
$
29,084,008

 
$

 
$
82,735,024

(1)
Intersegment revenue/(expense) represents charges or credits for funds used or provided by each of the segments and are included in net interest income.
(2)
Other is not considered a segment and includes earnings from the investment portfolio, interest expense on the Bank’s borrowings and other debt obligations, amortization of intangible assets and certain unallocated corporate income and indirect expenses.






70


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (“SHUSA” or the “Company") is the parent company of Santander Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), a national banking association. SHUSA's principal executive offices are at 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts. The Bank's main office is in Wilmington, Delaware. The Bank, previously named Sovereign Bank, National Association, changed its name to Santander Bank, National Association on October 17, 2013. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. ("Banco Santander").

The Bank has retail branches, operations and team members located principally in Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Connecticut, New Hampshire, New York, Rhode Island, Maryland, and Delaware. The Bank uses deposits, as well as other financing sources, to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Bank earns interest income on its loans and investments. In addition, the Bank generates other income from a number of sources, including deposit and loan services, sales of loans and investment securities, capital markets products and bank-owned life insurance. The Bank’s principal expenses include interest expense on deposits, borrowings and other debt obligations, employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and facility-related costs, technology and other administrative expenses. The Bank’s loan and deposit volumes and, accordingly, the Company's financial results, are affected by the economic environment, including interest rates, consumer and business confidence and spending, as well as the competitive conditions within the Bank’s geographic footprint.

Rebranding and marketing the Bank under the Santander brand and changing its name to Santander Bank marked an important transition in the Company's turnaround strategy. Banco Santander is one of the world's most recognized financial brands, and rebranding aligns with the Bank's strategies to strengthen its position in the United States.


ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Overview

The U.S. economy continued to grow at a moderate pace during the third quarter of 2013 according to the Federal Open Market Committee ("FOMC"). During the quarter, speculation on whether the FOMC would begin tapering its purchases of agency MBS and long-term Treasury securities resulted in market volatility. Ultimately, the FOMC announced at its September meeting that it would continue its current purchasing rate and that it would make no changes to its targeted fed funds rate of 0-.25%.

Seasonal unemployment dropped from 7.6% at the end of the second quarter of 2013 to 7.2% as of the September 2013 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics release. This also represents a 0.6% decrease in seasonal unemployment from September 2012.

Sales on existing homes increased 6.5% in July 2013, marking an increase of 17% over the same month in the prior year. Home prices also increased during the year, including a 2.1% increase in the second quarter, up 6.2% over the same period in the prior year after adjusting for inflation. Housing starts on both single and multi-family homes increased in both July and August, despite falling short of projections, which has been attributed to changes in mortgage rates. Mortgage interest rates increased approximately 0.25% from July to August, according to the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), but still remained relatively low.

Implications of changing market conditions are considered a significant risk factor to the Company. The low interest rate environment continues to present challenges in the growth of net interest income for the banking industry, which continues to rely on non-interest activities to support revenue growth. Changing market conditions and political uncertainty could have an overall impact on the Company's results of operations and financial condition. Such conditions could also impact the Company's credit risk, and the associated provision for credit losses and legal expense could increase.

71


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


European Exposure

Concerns about the European Union’s sovereign debt and the future of the euro have caused uncertainty for financial markets globally. Other than borrowing agreements and related party transactions with Banco Santander, as further described in the Financial Condition section of this MD&A and Note 13 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company's exposure to European countries includes the following:
 
 
September 30, 2013
Country
 
 Covered Bonds
 
Financial Institution Bonds
 
Non-Financial Institutions Bonds
 
Government Institution Bonds
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
France
 
$

 
$
186,749

 
$
30,167

 
$

 
$
216,916

Germany
 

 

 
140,899

 

 
140,899

Great Britain
 

 
77,969

 
288,560

 

 
366,529

Greece
 

 

 

 

 

Ireland
 

 

 

 

 

Italy
 

 
48,850

 
42,810

 

 
91,660

Netherlands
 

 
74,199

 
5,012

 

 
79,211

Norway
 

 

 
7,992

 

 
7,992

Portugal
 

 

 
41,473

 

 
41,473

Spain
 
94,669

 
4,111

 
121,933

 
68,123

 
288,836

Sweden
 

 
10,896

 

 

 
10,896

Switzerland
 

 
14,493

 

 

 
14,493

 
 
$
94,669

 
$
417,267

 
$
678,846

 
$
68,123

 
$
1,258,905


The market value of the Company's European Exposure at September 30, 2013 was $1.3 billion.
 
 
December 31, 2012
Country
 
 Covered Bonds
 
Financial Institution Bonds
 
Non-Financial Institutions Bonds
 
Government Institution Bonds
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
France
 
$

 
$
166,755

 
$
30,000

 
$

 
$
196,755

Germany
 

 

 
87,000

 

 
87,000

Great Britain
 
53,548

 
147,235

 
149,265

 

 
350,048

Greece
 

 

 

 

 

Ireland
 

 

 

 

 

Italy
 

 

 
69,768

 

 
69,768

Netherlands
 
99,350

 
71,700

 
5,000

 

 
176,050

Norway
 

 

 
8,000

 

 
8,000

Portugal
 

 

 
40,000

 

 
40,000

Spain
 
92,395

 

 
121,160

 
74,750

 
288,305

Sweden
 
78,372

 

 

 

 
78,372

Switzerland
 
102,000

 
94,010

 

 

 
196,010

 
 
$
425,665

 
$
479,700

 
$
510,193

 
$
74,750

 
$
1,490,308


These investments are included within Corporate debt securities in Note 3 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company's total exposure to European entities decreased $231.4 million, or 15.5%, from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to continued sales of corporate debt securities and collateralized mortgage obligations during the second and third quarters of 2013.


72


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


As of September 30, 2013, the Company had approximately $128.0 million of loans that were denominated in a currency other than the USD.

Overall, gross exposure to the foregoing countries was approximately 1.6% of the Company's total assets as of September 30, 2013, and no more than 1% was to any given country or third party. The Company currently does not have credit protection on any of these exposures, nor does it provide lending services in Europe. The Company transacts with various European banks as counterparties to interest rate swaps and foreign currency transactions for its hedging and customer-related activities; however, these derivative transactions are subject to master netting and collateral support agreements, which significantly limit the Company’s exposure to loss.

Management conducts periodic stress tests of our significant country risk exposures, analyzing the direct and indirect impacts on the risk of loss from various macroeconomic and capital markets scenarios. We do not have significant exposure to foreign country risks because our foreign portfolio is relatively small. However, we have identified exposure to increased loss from U.S. borrowers associated with the potential indirect impact of a European downturn on the U.S. economy. We mitigate these potential impacts through our normal risk management processes, which include active monitoring and, if necessary, the application of loss mitigation strategies.

Credit Rating Actions

The following table presents Moody's and S&P credit ratings for the Bank, SHUSA, Banco Santander and the Kingdom of Spain as of September 30, 2013:

 
BANK
 
SHUSA
 
BANCO SANTANDER
 
SPAIN
 
Moody's
S&P
 
Moody's
S&P
 
Moody's
S&P
 
Moody's
S&P
LT Senior Debt
Baa1
BBB
 
Baa2
BBB
 
Baa2
BBB
 
Baa3
BBB-
ST Deposits
P-2
A-2
 
P-2
A-2
 
P-2
A-2
 
P-3
A-3
Outlook
Stable
Negative
 
Negative
Negative
 
Negative
Negative
 
Negative
Negative

SHUSA funds its operations independently of the other entities owned by Banco Santander, and believes its business is not necessarily closely related to the business or outlook of other entities owned by Banco Santander. However, historically, Moody's Investors Service has downgraded the ratings of SHUSA and the Bank, citing challenges faced by Banco Santander and its subsidiaries. Future adverse changes in the credit ratings of Banco Santander or the Kingdom of Spain could also further adversely impact SHUSA's or its subsidiaries' credit ratings, and any other adverse change in the condition of Banco Santander could adversely affect SHUSA.

The Bank estimates a further one or two notch downgrade by either S&P or Moody's would require the Bank to post up to an additional $4.3 million or $4.5 million, respectively, to comply with existing derivative agreements.


REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company's operations are subject to extensive laws and regulation by federal and state governmental authorities. Congress often considers new financial industry legislation, and the federal banking agencies routinely propose new regulations. New legislation and regulation may include changes with respect to the federal deposit insurance system, consumer financial protection measures, compensation and systematic risk oversight authority. There can be no assurance that new legislation and regulations will not affect us adversely.


73


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Act"), which instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes in light of the recent performance of, and government intervention in, the financial services sector, was enacted. The Act includes a number of provisions designed to promote enhanced supervision and regulation of financial companies and financial markets. The Act introduced a substantial number of reforms that reshape the structure of the regulation of the financial services industry, requiring that more than 200 regulations be written. Although the full impact of this legislation on the Company and the industry will not be known until these regulations are complete, which could take several years, the enhanced regulation will involve higher compliance costs and certain elements, such as the debit interchange legislation, have negatively affected the Company's revenue and earnings.
 
More specifically, the Act imposes heightened prudential requirements on bank holding companies ("BHCs") with at least $50.0 billion in total consolidated assets (often referred to as “systemically important financial institutions”), which includes the Company, and requires the FRB to establish prudential standards for such bank holding companies that are more stringent than those applicable to other bank holding companies, including standards for risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits; heightened capital standards, including eliminating trust preferred securities as Tier 1 regulatory capital; enhanced risk-management requirements; and credit exposure reporting and concentration limits. These changes are expected to impact the profitability and growth of the Company.

The Act mandates an enhanced supervision framework, which means that the Company will be subject to annual stress tests by the FRB, and the Company and the Bank will be required to conduct semi-annual and annual stress tests, respectively, reporting results to the FRB and the OCC. The FRB also has discretionary authority to establish additional prudential standards, on its own or at the Financial Stability Oversight Council's recommendation, regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, short-term debt limits, and otherwise as it deems appropriate.
 
Under the Durbin Amendment to the Act, in June 2011 the FRB issued the final rule implementing debit card interchange fee and routing regulation. The final rule establishes standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers are “reasonable and proportional” to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions, and prohibits network exclusivity arrangements on debit cards to ensure merchants have choices in how debit card transactions are routed.
 
The Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB"), which has broad powers to set the requirements for the terms and conditions of financial products. This has resulted in and is expected to continue to result in increased compliance costs and reduced revenue.
 
The Bank routinely executes interest rate swaps for the management of its asset-liability mix, and also executes such swaps with its borrower clients. Under the Act, the Bank is required to post collateral with certain of its counterparties and clearing exchanges. While clearing these financial instruments offers some benefits and additional transparency in valuation, the systems requirements for clearing execution add operational complexities to the business and accordingly increase operational risk exposure.
 
Provisions of the Act relating to the applicability of state consumer protection laws to national banks, including the Bank, became effective in July 2011. Questions may arise as to whether certain state consumer financial laws that were previously preempted by federal law are no longer preempted as a result of these new provisions. Depending on how such questions are resolved, the Bank may experience an increase in state-level regulation of its retail banking business and additional compliance obligations, revenue impacts and costs.
 
The Act and certain other legislation and regulations impose various restrictions on compensation of certain executive offers. Our ability to attract and/or retain talented personnel may be adversely affected by these restrictions.

Other requirements of the Act include increases in the amount of deposit insurance assessments the Bank must pay; changes to the nature and levels of fees charged to consumers which are negatively affecting the Bank's income; banning banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and restricting their sponsorship of, or investing in, hedge funds and private equity funds, subject to limited exceptions; and increasing regulation of the derivatives markets through measures that broaden the derivative instruments subject to regulation and require clearing and exchange trading as well as impose additional capital and margin requirements for derivatives market participants, which will increase the cost of conducting this business.

74


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Basel III

New and evolving capital standards, both as a result of the Act and the implementation in the U.S. of Basel III, could have a significant effect on banks and BHCs, including SHUSA and its bank subsidiaries. During July 2013, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and OCC released final US Basel III regulatory capital rules implementing the global regulatory capital reforms of Basel III. The final rules establish a comprehensive capital framework that includes both the advanced approaches for the largest internationally active U.S. banks, formerly known as Basel II, and a standardized approach that will apply to all banking organizations with over $500 million in assets. Subject to various transition periods, the rule is effective for the largest banks on January 1, 2014, and for all other banks on January 1, 2015.
 
The new rules narrow the definition of regulatory capital and establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratios that, when fully phased in, will require banking organizations, including SHUSA and its banking subsidiaries, to maintain a minimum “common equity Tier 1” (or “CET1”) ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, a total capital ratio of 8.0% and a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures, plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter). The effective date of these requirements for SHUSA and the Bank is January 1, 2015.
 
A capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above each of these levels (to be phased in over three years starting in 2016, beginning at 0.625% and increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019) will be required for banking institutions to avoid restrictions on their ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends.
 
The final framework provides for a number of new deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that MSRs, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 is to begin on January 1, 2015 and be phased in over three years for SHUSA and the Bank.
 
As of September 30, 2013, the Bank's and SHUSA's Tier 1 common capital ratio under Basel III, on a fully phased-in basis under the standardized approach, was 13.43% and 10.98%, respectively, based on management's interpretation of the final rules adopted by the FRB in July 2013. The estimate is based on management’s current interpretation, expectations, and understanding of the final U.S. Basel III rules. As mentioned above, the minimum required Tier 1 common capital ratio is comprised of the 4.5% minimum and the 2.5% conservation buffer.  On that basis, we believe that, as of September 30, 2013, the Company would remain well-capitalized under the currently enacted capital adequacy requirements of Basel III, including when implemented on a fully phased-in basis.

See the Bank Regulatory Capital section of this Management's Discussion and Analysis for the Company's ratios under Basel I standards. The implementation of certain regulations and standards relating to regulatory capital could disproportionately affect our regulatory capital position relative to that of our competitors, including those that may not be subject to the same regulatory requirements as the Company.

Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and BHC liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, both in the U.S. and internationally, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III liquidity framework will require banks and BHCs to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, will be required by regulation going forward. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to its expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon. The other, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. On October 24, 2013, the FRB, FDIC and OCC issued a proposal to implement the Basel III LCR for certain internationally active banks and nonbank financial companies and a modified version of the LCR for certain depository institution holding companies that are not internationally active. The LCR and Modified LCR are based on the Basel III liquidity framework and would be an enhanced prudential liquidity standard consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act. The proposed effective date is January 1, 2015, subject to a two-year phase-in period. The comment period for the proposal ends on January 31, 2014. The proposal did not include the NSFR.

75


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Basel III contemplates that the NSFR will be subject to an observation period through mid-2016 and, subject to any revisions resulting from the analyses conducted and data collected during the observation period, implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. The Basel Committee reportedly is considering revisions to the Basel III liquidity framework as presented in December 2010. The Basel Committee plans on introducing the NSFR final standard in the next two years.

Enhanced Prudential Standards for Capital Adequacy

On January 24, 2012, the federal banking regulators published proposed rules on annual stress tests to be performed by banks having total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion. The Company is subject to these annual tests, which are already required by the Act. In addition to the annual stress testing requirement, under the proposal, the Company would also be subject to certain additional reporting and disclosure requirements. The Company was required to conduct its stress test and report results to the FRB in January 2013.

Foreign Bank Organizations

In December 2012, the FRB proposed rules to strengthen regulatory oversight of foreign banking organizations.  These rules would require foreign banking organizations with over $50 billion in global consolidated assets and over $10 billion in total assets held by its U.S. subsidiaries, such as the Company's parent, Banco Santander, to create a U.S. intermediate holding company (“IHC”) containing all of its U.S. bank and U.S. non-bank subsidiaries. U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks would not be included in the IHC. The formation of these IHCs would allow U.S. regulators to supervise these institutions similarly to U.S. systemically important bank holding companies, meaning that they would be subject to similar capital rules and enhanced prudential standards, including capital stress tests, single-counterparty credit limits, overall risk management, and early remediation requirements, as systemically important BHCs. If implemented as proposed, Banco Santander would be required to transfer its U.S. nonbank subsidiaries currently outside of the Company into the Company, which would become an IHC, and/or Banco Santander would establish a top-tier IHC structure that would include all of its U.S. bank and nonbank subsidiaries within the same chain of ownership. Institutions would be required to comply with these new standards on July 1, 2015.

Bank and BHC Regulations

As a national bank, the Bank is subject to the OCC's regulations under the National Bank Act. The various laws and regulations administered by the OCC for national banks affect corporate practices and impose certain restrictions on activities and investments.

As a BHC, the Company is subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the FRB. The Company is subject to risk-based and leverage capital requirements and information reporting requirements. As a BHC with more than $50.0 billion in total consolidated assets, it is subject to the heightened prudential and other requirements for large BHCs, including capital plan and capital stress testing requirements included in the FRB's capital plan rule. The Company completed the required capital stress testing for the 2013 Capital Plan Review Program even though it was not included in the 2013 CapPR group of BHCs by the FRB. In November 2013, the Company was added to the list of institutions that will be included in the 2014 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review Program by the FRB.

Federal laws restrict the types of activities in which BHCs may engage, and subject them to a range of supervisory requirements, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and policies. BHCs may engage in the business of banking and managing and controlling banks, as well as closely-related activities. The Company does not expect that the limitations described above will adversely affect the current operations or materially prohibit the Company from engaging in activities currently contemplated by its business strategies.


76


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


In December 2012, the FRB announced a new framework for the consolidated supervision of large financial institutions, including BHCs such as the Company with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more. The updated guidance, outlined in Supervision and Regulation Letter No. SR 12-17, has two primary objectives - enhancing the resiliency of institutions to lower the probability of failure or inability to serve as a financial intermediary, and reducing the impact on the financial system and economy in the event of a large institution's failure or material weakness. With regard to enhancing institutional resiliency, the guidance indicates that institutions should focus on capital and liquidity planning and positions, corporate governance, recovery planning and management of core business lines to survive significant stress. In terms of reducing the impact of an institution's failure, the guidance indicates that institutions should focus on management of critical operations, support for banking offices, resolution planning and additional macro-prudential supervisory approaches to address risks to financial stability. This framework would be implemented in multiple stages, with additional supervisory and operational guidance to follow.   

Foreclosure Matters

On April 13, 2011, the Bank consented to the issuance of a consent order by the Bank's previous primary federal banking regulator, the OTS, as part of an interagency horizontal review of foreclosure practices at 14 mortgage servicers. Upon its conversion to a national bank on January 26, 2012, the Bank entered into a stipulation consenting to the issuance of a consent order (the "Order") by the OCC, which contains the same terms as the OTS consent order.

The Order required the Bank to take a number of actions, including designating a Board committee to monitor and coordinate the Bank's compliance with the provisions of the Order, develop and implement plans to improve the Bank's mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices, designate a single point of contact for borrowers throughout the loss and mitigation foreclosure processes, and take certain other remedial actions. Specifically, the Bank: (a) retained an independent consultant to conduct a review of certain foreclosure actions or proceedings for loans serviced by the Bank; (b) strengthened coordination with its borrowers by providing them with a single point of contact to avoid borrower confusion and ensure effective communication in connection with any foreclosure, loss mitigation or loan modification activities; (c) improved processes and controls to ensure that foreclosures are not pursued once a mortgage has been approved for modification, unless repayments under the modified loan are not made; (d) enhanced controls and oversight over the activities of third-party vendors, including external legal counsel and other servicers; (e) strengthened its compliance programs to ensure mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations comply with applicable legal requirements and supervisory guidance, and assure appropriate policies and procedures are in place for staffing, training, oversight, and quality control of those processes; (f) improved its management information systems for foreclosure, loss mitigation and loan modification activities that ensure timely delivery of complete and accurate information to facilitate effective decision-making; and (g) centralized governance and management for the originations, servicing and collections in its mortgage business.

On January 7, 2013, the Bank and nine other mortgage servicing companies subject to enforcement actions for deficient practices in mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure processing reached an agreement in principle with the OCC and the FRB to make cash payments and provide other assistance to borrowers. On February 28, 2013, the agreements were finalized with all ten mortgage servicing companies, including the Bank. Other assistance includes reductions of principal on first and second liens, payments to assist with short sales, deficiency balance waivers on past foreclosures and short sales, and forbearance assistance for unemployed homeowners. On January 24, 2013, twelve other mortgage servicing companies subject to enforcement action for deficient practices in mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure processes also reached an agreement with the OCC or the FRB, as applicable.     

As a result of the agreement, the participating servicers, including the Bank, have ceased their independent foreclosure reviews, which involved case-by-case reviews, and replaced them with a broader framework allowing eligible borrowers to receive compensation in a more timely manner. This arrangement has not eliminated all of the Company's risks associated with foreclosures, as it does not protect the Bank from potential individual borrower claims, class actions lawsuits, actions by state attorneys general, or actions by the Department of Justice or other regulators. In addition, all of the other terms of the Order are still in effect.


77


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Under the agreement, the Bank paid $6.2 million into a remediation fund, the majority of which has been distributed to borrowers, and will engage in mortgage modifications over the next two years in an aggregate principal amount of $9.9 million. In return, the OCC will waive any civil money penalties that could have been assessed against the Bank. From January 7, 2013 through July 31, 2013, the Company completed loss mitigation activities with our borrowers in respect of approximately $161.1 million of loan principal balances. The Company is currently working with the OCC to determine how much of these activities can be applied against our settlement requirements.

The Bank represents 0.17% of the total $9.3 billion settlement among the participating banks and is the smallest participant in the agreement. The total $16.1 million related to the remediation fund and mortgage modifications was fully reserved at December 31, 2012.

Identity Theft Protection Product Matter

The Bank has been in discussions to address concerns that some customers may have paid for but did not receive certain benefits of an identity theft protection product from a third-party vendor.The Bank has begun discussions with the third-party vendor on potential remedial actions to impacted customers. During the third quarter of 2013, fees expected to be returned to customers of $30.0 million were expensed within General and Administrative Expenses on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Risk Management Framework

Building on earlier enhancements in 2012, SHUSA further strengthened its risk management framework in 2013.

In 2012, the Bank established an enterprise risk management (“ERM”) department, reporting to the Chief Risk Officer (the "CRO"), to coordinate risk management activities across the Company. One major responsibility of the ERM Department has been the development of a Risk Tolerance Statement, which details the types of risk and size of the risk-taking activities permissible for the Chief Executive Officer to take in the execution of business strategy. The Board approves the Risk Tolerance Statement, which serves as the Board's explicit statement of the boundaries within which executive management is expected to operate. The Risk Tolerance Statement ties together the Bank’s strategic plan and budget, and helps ensure that the Bank is taking risks appropriate to its strategy and risk appetite.

SHUSA’s Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO") is ultimately responsible for risk management. SHUSA has established a risk governance structure that allocates responsibilities for risk management across front-line business personnel, a risk management function that is independent of these business personnel and an independent audit function (sometimes called a “three lines of defense” model). According to this model, businesses maintain responsibility for identifying the risks generated through their business activity and mitigating them. The CRO, who reports to the CEO and is independent of any business line, is responsible for developing and maintaining a risk framework that ensures risks are appropriately identified and mitigated, and for reporting on the overall level of risk in the Company. The CRO also reports to the Board Enterprise Risk Committee. Internal audit is responsible for testing the effectiveness of this risk management framework and for reporting its conclusions to the Company’s Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee.

The Company has strengthened the role of the CRO in 2013. In addition to the ERM department, the risk management department, led by the CRO, consists of a number of risk officers, each charged with establishing a framework for monitoring and mitigating a specific risk class and managing those risks as an effective second line of defense. These risk officers include a Chief Risk Management Officer, responsible for credit risk and market risk, a Chief Operational Risk Officer, a Chief Compliance Officer and a Chief Model Risk Management Officer.



78


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Disclosure Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act

SHUSA and the Bank do not have any activities, transactions or dealings with Iran requiring disclosure.

Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), an issuer is required to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports, as applicable, whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with individuals or entities designated pursuant to certain Executive Orders. Disclosure is generally required even where the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with applicable law.

The following activities are disclosed in response to Section 13(r) with respect to Banco Santander's UK affiliates:

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, an Iranian national, resident in the U.K., who is currently designated by the U.S. and the U.K. under the Iran Sanctions regime, held a mortgage with Santander UK plc that was issued prior to any such designation. No further drawdown has been made (or would be allowed) under this mortgage, although Santander UK plc continues to receive repayment installments. Through September 30, 2013, total revenue in connection with this mortgage was £8,696, while net profits were negligible relative to the overall profits of Santander UK plc. Santander UK plc does not intend to enter into any new relationships with this customer, and any disbursements will only be made in accordance with applicable sanctions.

The same Iranian national referred to above also holds two investment accounts with Santander Asset Management UK Limited, an affiliate of Banco Santander. The accounts remained frozen during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The investment returns are being automatically reinvested, and no disbursements have been made to the customer. Total revenue in connection with the investment accounts was £170 during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and net profits calculated in connection with these investment accounts during the same period were negligible.

In addition, Banco Santander has certain legacy export credits and performance guarantees with Bank Mellat, which are included in the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List.

With respect to Bank Mellat, Banco Santander entered into two bilateral credit facilities in February 2000 in the aggregate principal amount of €25.9 million. Both credit facilities matured in 2012. In addition, in 2005, Banco Santander participated in a syndicated credit facility of €15.5 million for Bank Mellat, which matures on July 6, 2015. As of September 30, 2013, Banco Santander was owed €5.0 million under this credit facility.
Bank Mellat have been in default under all of these agreements in recent years, and Banco Santander has been and expects to continue to be repaid any amounts due by official export credit agencies, which insure between 95% and 99% of the outstanding amounts under these credit facilities.  No funds have been extended by Banco Santander under these facilities since they were granted.

Banco Santander also has certain legacy performance guarantees for the benefit of Bank Sepah and Bank Mellat (standby letters of credit to guarantee the obligations - either under tender documents or under contracting agreements - of contractors who participated in public bids in Iran) that were in place prior to April 27, 2007. However, should any of the contractors default in their obligations under the public bids, Banco Santander would not be able to pay any amounts due to Bank Sepah or Bank Mellat because any such payments would be frozen pursuant to Council Regulation (EU) No. 961/2010.

In the aggregate, all of the transactions described in the preceding four paragraphs resulted in approximately €24,300 net operating losses and approximately €80,400 net loss to Banco Santander and its affiliates during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, all of which resulted from the performance of export credit agencies rather than any Iranian entity. Banco Santander and its affiliates have undertaken significant steps to withdraw from the Iranian market, such as closing its representative office in Iran and ceasing all banking activities in Iran, including correspondent relationships, deposit taking from Iranian entities and issuing export letters of credit, except for the legacy transactions described above. Banco Santander and its affiliates are not contractually permitted to cancel these arrangements without either (i) paying the guaranteed amount - which payment would be frozen as explained above (in the case of the performance guarantees), or (ii) forfeiting the outstanding amounts due to it (in the case of the export credits). Accordingly, Banco Santander and its affiliates intend to continue to provide the guarantees and hold these assets in accordance with company policy and applicable law.

79


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE-MONTH AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2012
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Net interest income
$
368,681

 
$
418,318

 
$
1,149,976

 
$
1,272,835

Provision for credit losses

 
(71,000
)
 
(26,850
)
 
(281,800
)
Total non-interest income
196,799

 
249,483

 
871,012

 
894,874

General and administrative expenses
(450,661
)
 
(355,486
)
 
(1,209,579
)
 
(1,089,424
)
Other expenses
(19,419
)
 
(290,405
)
 
(77,755
)
 
(361,081
)
Income/(loss) before income taxes
95,400

 
(49,090
)
 
706,804

 
435,404

Income tax (provision)/benefit
(18,692
)
 
77,730

 
(156,670
)
 
5,950

Net income
$
76,708

 
$
28,640

 
$
550,134

 
$
441,354



Net interest income decreased $49.6 million and $122.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. These decreases were primarily caused by lower loan originations, leading to decreases in the loan portfolio of $3.3 billion, and investment sales leading to a decrease in the investment portfolio of $7.4 billion during 2013. As a result of lower loan originations and increased liquidity, the Company used proceeds from the sales of investments to decrease borrowings by $7.1 billion and higher yield deposits by $1.5 billion.

Consistent with continued improvement in the credit quality of the loan portfolio, there was no provision for credit losses during the third quarter of 2013, compared to provisions of $71.0 million during the third quarter of 2012, and $26.9 million and $281.8 million for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Total non-interest income decreased $52.7 million for the three-month period ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012, primarily due to $23.4 million of losses on the sale of investment securities and a decrease of $36.1 million in equity method investment income from SCUSA during the three-months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012, offset by an increase in mortgage banking revenue of $9.6 million during the three-months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012. Total non-interest income decreased $23.9 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012, primarily due to an increase in mortgage banking revenue of $55.4 million from MSR valuation adjustments during the nine-months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012 offset by OTTI impairment of $63.6 million recognized during 2013.

Total general and administrative expenses increased $95.2 million and $120.2 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to increased spending on the Bank's rebranding as well as other compensation and regulatory expenses incurred during the third quarter of 2013.

Other expenses decreased $271.0 million and $283.3 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to the PIERS litigation accrual of $258.5 million recognized in the third quarter of 2012.

The income tax provision moved from a benefit of $77.7 million and $6.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 2012 to a provision of $18.7 million and $156.7 million for the corresponding periods in 2013. The movement was primarily due to the discreet tax benefit related to the reduction of pre-tax income for the Trust PIERS accrual recognized in the third quarter of 2012.


80


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET / TAX EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
Average
Balance
 
Tax
Equivalent
Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Tax
Equivalent
Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
 
(in thousands)
EARNING ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTMENTS AND INTEREST EARNING DEPOSITS
$
16,888,879

 
$
86,452

 
2.04
%
 
$
19,897,868

 
$
107,971

 
2.17
%
LOANS(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans
23,842,600

 
208,015

 
3.47
%
 
24,496,395

 
225,125

 
3.66
%
Multi-family
7,961,505

 
86,594

 
4.32
%
 
7,227,934

 
86,571

 
4.77
%
Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
9,837,710

 
99,510

 
4.05
%
 
11,559,676

 
119,087

 
4.12
%
Home equity loans and lines of credit
6,382,980

 
56,992

 
3.54
%
 
6,774,919

 
64,094

 
3.76
%
Total consumer loans secured by real estate
16,220,690

 
156,502

 
3.85
%
 
18,334,595

 
183,181

 
3.99
%
Auto loans
137,705

 
2,548

 
7.34
%
 
452,038

 
8,164

 
7.19
%
Other consumer(2)
1,899,791

 
35,356

 
7.38
%
 
2,225,169

 
36,188

 
6.47
%
Total consumer
18,258,186

 
194,406

 
4.24
%
 
21,011,802

 
227,533

 
4.32
%
Total loans
50,062,291

 
489,015

 
3.88
%
 
52,736,131

 
539,229

 
4.08
%
Allowance for loan losses
(914,284
)
 

 

 
(1,044,043
)
 

 

NET LOANS
49,148,007

 
489,015

 
3.96
%
 
51,692,088

 
539,229

 
4.16
%
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS
66,036,886

 
575,467

 
3.47
%
 
71,589,956

 
647,200

 
3.60
%
Other assets(3)
11,778,426

 
 
 
 
 
12,049,622

 
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
$
77,815,312

 
 
 
 
 
$
83,639,578

 
 
 
 
INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits and other customer related accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing demand deposits
$
9,675,657

 
$
3,619

 
0.15
%
 
$
8,781,998

 
$
3,150

 
0.14
%
Savings
3,850,532

 
1,280

 
0.13
%
 
3,830,519

 
1,354

 
0.14
%
Money market
18,390,481

 
19,740

 
0.43
%
 
15,944,508

 
20,585

 
0.51
%
Certificates of deposit
9,620,460

 
26,919

 
1.11
%
 
12,241,295

 
33,898

 
1.10
%
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING DEPOSITS
41,537,130

 
51,558

 
0.49
%
 
40,798,320

 
58,987

 
0.58
%
BORROWED FUNDS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB advances
9,340,599

 
81,957

 
3.49
%
 
12,754,412

 
93,518

 
2.92
%
Federal funds and repurchase agreements
2,543

 
2

 
0.25
%
 
3,067,762

 
3,167

 
0.41
%
Other borrowings
3,575,536

 
60,312

 
6.69
%
 
3,568,343

 
60,996

 
6.80
%
TOTAL BORROWED FUNDS
12,918,678

 
142,271

 
4.39
%
 
19,390,517

 
157,681

 
3.24
%
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES
54,455,808

 
193,829

 
1.42
%
 
60,188,837

 
216,668

 
1.44
%
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
7,962,163

 
 
 
 
 
8,300,228

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities(4)
1,863,276

 
 
 
 
 
1,921,929

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
64,281,247

 
 
 
 
 
70,410,994

 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
13,534,065

 
 
 
 
 
13,228,584

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
$
77,815,312

 
 
 
 
 
$
83,639,578

 
 
 
 
TAXABLE EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME
 
 
$
381,638

 
 
 
 
 
$
430,532

 
 
NET INTEREST SPREAD (5)
 
 
 
 
2.05
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.17
%
NET INTEREST MARGIN (6)
 
 
 
 
2.30
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.40
%
(1)
Interest on loans includes amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loans and amortization of deferred loan fees, net of origination costs. Average loan balances includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale.
(2) Other consumer primarily includes recreational vehicles, marine and auto loans.
(3) Other assets primarily includes goodwill and intangibles, premise and equipment, deferred tax assets, equity method investments, bank owned life insurance, accrued interest receivable, derivative assets, miscellaneous receivables, prepaid expenses and MSRs.
(4) Other liabilities primarily includes accounts payable and accrued expenses, derivative liabilities, and the unfunded commitments liability.
(5) Represents the difference between the yield on total earning assets and the cost of total funding liabilities.
(6) Represents annualized, taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

81


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET / TAX EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
Average
Balance
 
Tax
Equivalent
Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Tax
Equivalent
Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
 
(in thousands)
EARNING ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTMENTS AND INTEREST EARNING DEPOSITS
$
18,724,395

 
$
293,920

 
2.09
%
 
$
19,328,780

 
$
328,362

 
2.27
%
LOANS(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans
24,562,902

 
632,782

 
3.44
%
 
23,847,913

 
664,219

 
3.72
%
Multi-family
7,684,586

 
255,891

 
4.45
%
 
7,166,710

 
266,063

 
4.96
%
Consumer loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
10,327,280

 
310,352

 
4.01
%
 
11,600,432

 
365,166

 
4.20
%
Home equity loans and lines of credit
6,474,775

 
175,523

 
3.62
%
 
6,808,715

 
191,221

 
3.75
%
Total consumer loans secured by real estate
16,802,055

 
485,875

 
3.86
%
 
18,409,147

 
556,387

 
4.03
%
Auto loans
193,659

 
10,770

 
7.44
%
 
657,841

 
34,418

 
6.99
%
Other consumer(2)
1,979,775

 
105,632

 
7.13
%
 
2,239,097

 
113,508

 
6.77
%
Total consumer
18,975,489

 
602,277

 
4.24
%
 
21,306,085

 
704,313

 
4.41
%
Total loans
51,222,977

 
1,490,950

 
3.89
%
 
52,320,708

 
1,634,595

 
4.17
%
Allowance for loan losses
(961,725
)
 

 

 
(1,066,567
)
 

 

NET LOANS
50,261,252

 
1,490,950

 
3.96
%
 
51,254,141

 
1,634,595

 
4.26
%
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS
68,985,647

 
1,784,870

 
3.46
%
 
70,582,921

 
1,962,957

 
3.71
%
Other assets(3)
11,901,013

 
 
 
 
 
12,152,103

 
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
$
80,886,660

 
 
 
 
 
$
82,735,024

 
 
 
 
INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits and other customer related accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing demand deposits
$
9,482,768

 
$
10,544

 
0.15
%
 
$
9,103,372

 
$
10,627

 
0.16
%
Savings
3,856,144

 
3,876

 
0.13
%
 
3,744,590

 
4,296

 
0.15
%
Money market
17,735,755

 
58,771

 
0.44
%
 
16,552,774

 
62,738

 
0.51
%
Certificates of deposit
11,047,263

 
88,708

 
1.07
%
 
11,719,351

 
97,820

 
1.11
%
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING DEPOSITS
42,121,930

 
161,899

 
0.51
%
 
41,120,087

 
175,481

 
0.57
%
BORROWED FUNDS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB advances
11,115,406

 
251,160

 
3.02
%
 
11,475,290

 
281,085

 
3.27
%
Federal funds and repurchase agreements
716,362

 
2,111

 
0.39
%
 
3,358,254

 
8,819

 
0.35
%
Other borrowings
3,507,034

 
180,361

 
6.88
%
 
3,750,590

 
187,759

 
6.69
%
TOTAL BORROWED FUNDS
15,338,802

 
433,632

 
3.77
%
 
18,584,134

 
477,663

 
3.43
%
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING FUNDING LIABILITIES
57,460,732

 
595,531

 
1.39
%
 
59,704,221

 
653,144

 
1.46
%
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
7,883,739

 
 
 
 
 
8,036,589

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities(4)
2,031,497

 
 
 
 
 
1,987,019

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
67,375,968

 
 
 
 
 
69,727,829

 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
13,510,692

 
 
 
 
 
13,007,195

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
$
80,886,660

 
 
 
 
 
$
82,735,024

 
 
 
 
TAXABLE EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME
 
 
$
1,189,339

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,309,813

 
 
NET INTEREST SPREAD (5)
 
 
 
 
2.07
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.24
%
NET INTEREST MARGIN (6)
 
 
 
 
2.30
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.48
%
(1)
Interest on loans includes amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loans and amortization of deferred loan fees, net of origination costs. Average loan balances includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale.
(2) Other consumer primarily includes recreational vehicles, marine and auto loans.
(3) Other assets primarily includes goodwill and intangibles, premise and equipment, deferred tax assets, equity method investments, bank owned life insurance, accrued interest receivable, derivative assets, miscellaneous receivables, prepaid expenses and MSRs.
(4) Other liabilities primarily includes accounts payable and accrued expenses, derivative liabilities, and the unfunded commitments liability.
(5) Represents the difference between the yield on total earning assets and the cost of total funding liabilities.
(6) Represents annualized, taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

82


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


NET INTEREST INCOME

 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Interest-earning deposits
$
2,417

 
$
1,724

 
$
4,268

 
$
4,301

Investments available-for-sale
67,205

 
91,599

 
240,383

 
281,506

Other investments
7,293

 
5,824

 
20,003

 
15,813

Total interest income on investment securities deposits
76,915

 
99,147

 
264,654

 
301,620

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on loans
485,598

 
535,840

 
1,480,851

 
1,624,358

Deposits and customers accounts
(51,560
)
 
(58,986
)
 
(161,898
)
 
(175,479
)
Borrowings and other debt obligations
(142,272
)
 
(157,683
)
 
(433,631
)
 
(477,664
)
Net interest income
$
368,681

 
$
418,318

 
$
1,149,976

 
$
1,272,835


Net interest income decreased $49.6 million and $122.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to sales of investment securities partially offset by the use of investment sale proceeds to paydown borrowings.

Interest Income on Investment Securities and Interest-Earning Deposits

Interest income on investment securities and interest-earning deposits decreased $22.2 million and $37.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012.
Overall, the decrease in interest income on investment securities is due to the Company's strategy to reduce exposure to interest rate risk in the portfolio. Consistent with this strategy, during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, the Company sold $2.4 billion and $8.1 billion of investment securities, primarily MBS and collateralized mortgage obligations. These sales were offset by investment securities purchases throughout 2013 in all portfolio categories.

The average balance of investment securities and interest-earning deposits for those periods in 2013 was $16.9 billion and $18.7 billion, respectively, which were decreases of $3.0 billion and $604.4 million compared to an average balance of $19.9 billion and $19.3 billion for the corresponding periods in 2012. The average tax equivalent yield of investment securities and interest-earning deposits was 2.04% and 2.09% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, which was a decrease of 6.1% and 8.0% compared to average yields of 2.17% and 2.27% for the corresponding periods in 2012.

The decrease in the nine-month average balance resulted in a decrease in interest income for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $11.9 million, while the decrease in the nine-month average tax equivalent yield resulted in a decrease in interest income for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $22.5 million.

Interest Income on Loans

Interest income on loans decreased $50.2 million and $143.5 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. Overall, the decrease in interest income on loans was primarily due to lower loan growth, lower interest rates and payoffs of significant commercial loans. Consistent with market conditions across the industry, loan growth at the Company slowed during the first nine months of 2013. The total loan portfolio decreased $3.3 billion during the first nine months of 2013. Average total loan balances, net of allowance, for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 decreased $2.5 billion and $992.9 million, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the prior year, and average yields decreased 4.8% and 7.1% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding periods in the prior year.


83


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Specifically, the decrease in interest income on loans was due to the following:

interest income on the residential mortgage portfolio, which decreased $19.6 million, or 16.4%, and $54.8 million, or 15.0%, during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012 due to sales of the majority of new residential mortgage loan originations and the decline in interest rates.

interest income on commercial loans, which decreased $17.1 million, or 7.6%, and $31.4 million, or 4.7%, respectively, during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding periods in 2012 as a result of lower loan originations and loan payoffs.

auto loans, which decreased $5.6 million, or 68.8%, and $23.6 million, or 68.7%, during the same periods. The indirect legacy auto loan portfolio is in a run-off position as the Company ceased originating indirect auto loans in January 2009.

The decrease in the nine-month average balance resulted in a decrease in interest income for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $30.7 million, while the decrease in the nine-month average tax equivalent yield resulted in a decrease in interest income for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $113.0 million.

Interest Expense on Deposits and Related Customer Accounts

Interest expense on deposits and related customer accounts decreased $7.4 million and $13.6 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. Overall, the decrease in interest expense on deposits and customer related accounts is primarily due to the shift from CDs to money market accounts as a result of the low interest rate environment. The Company continues to focus our efforts on re-positioning our account mix and increasing lower cost deposits. The improved funding mix and previous maturities of our CDs have reduced the cost of total deposits from 0.58% for the third quarter of 2012 to 0.49% for the third quarter of 2013.

Interest on CDs decreased $7.0 million, or 20.6%, and $9.1 million, or 9.3%, during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the prior year, primarily due to a steady run-off of the CDs and the lack of rollover of certain wholesale CDs. The average balance of CDs was $9.6 billion and $11.0 billion, with an average cost of 1.11% and 1.07%, for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to an average balance of $12.2 billion and $11.7 billion with an average cost of 1.10%and 1.11% for the corresponding periods in 2012.

Interest on money market accounts decreased $0.8 million, or 4.1%, and $4.0 million, or 6.3%, during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the prior year, primarily due to lower interest rates. The average balance of money markets was $18.4 billion and $17.7 billion, with an average cost of 0.43% and 0.44%, for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to an average balance of $15.9 billion and $16.6 billion with an average cost of 0.51% for the corresponding periods in 2012.

The average balance of total deposits was $41.5 billion and $42.1 billion, with an average cost of 0.49% and 0.51%, for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to an average balance of $40.8 billion and $41.1 billion with an average cost of 0.58% and 0.57% for the corresponding periods in 2012. The change in the nine-month average balance resulted in an increase in interest expense for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $9.6 million, while the change in the nine-month average cost resulted in a decrease in interest expense for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $23.1 million.


84


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Interest Expense on Borrowed Funds

Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased $15.4 million and $44.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. Overall, the decrease in interest expense on borrowed funds is due to the Company's use of the proceeds from the sale of investment securities during the first nine months of 2013 to pay off existing borrowed funds. The average balance of total borrowings was $12.9 billion and $15.3 billion, with an average cost of 4.39% and 3.77%, for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to an average balance of $19.4 billion and $18.6 billion with an average cost of 3.24% and 3.43% for the corresponding periods in 2012.

The change in the nine-month average balance resulted in a decrease in interest expense for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $135.3 million, while the change in the nine-month average cost resulted in an increase in interest expense for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 of $91.3 million.

The average balance of the Bank's borrowings was $10.2 billion and $12.7 billion with an average cost of 3.94% and 3.28% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to an average balance of $16.9 billion and $15.9 billion with an average cost of 2.82% and 3.00% for the corresponding periods in 2012. The average balance of the Company's borrowings was $2.8 billion and $2.6 billion with an average cost of 6.03% and 6.15% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to an average balance of $2.5 billion and $2.6 billion with an average cost of 6.11% and 6.01% for the corresponding periods in 2012.


PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses is based on credit loss experience, growth or contraction of specific segments of the loan portfolio, and the estimate of losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The credit quality of the loan portfolio has a significant impact on the Company’s operating results. The provision for credit losses for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 was $0.0 million and $26.9 million, respectively, compared to $71.0 million and $281.8 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. The decrease in the provision can be attributed to an overall improvement in the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Specific factors contributing to the decrease include:
Commercial loans classified as "pass" increased, as a percentage of total commercial loans, to 94.2% at September 30, 2013 from 91.8% at December 31, 2012. Commercial loans classified as "substandard" or "doubtful" decreased $167.4 million, or 12.3%, from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013 and $259.9 million, or 17.8%, from September 30, 2012 to September 30, 2013.

At September 30, 2013, specific reserves were approximately 17% of the average recorded investment, down from 19% at December 30, 2012.

For the nine-months ended September, 30, 2013, charge-offs in the commercial and consumer loan portfolios decreased 61.5% and 32.8%, respectively, compared to the same period in the prior year. Additionally, recoveries in the commercial loan portfolio increased 47.6% for the nine-months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in the prior year.

Total past due loans decreased $213.7 million, or 15.6%, from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013 and $215.1 million, or 15.7%, from September 30, 2012 to September 30, 2013.

At September 30, 2013, TDRs returned to accrual or paid off during the year were $75.4 million, compared to $59.2 million for the year to date as of December 31, 2012.

Nonstrategic loan portfolios, which have experienced deteriorated credit quality, continue to run off, and represented less than 1.9% of the total loan portfolio as of September 30, 2013.

Certain loans with deteriorated credit quality have been sold in the secondary market during the first nine months of 2013, totaling $94.3 million.

85


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The following table presents the activity in the allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated:
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period
$
924,862

 
$
1,055,501

 
$
1,013,469

 
$
1,083,492

Allowance recorded as part of loans transferred from Banco Santander

 
413

 

 
3,754

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
30,665

 
78,897

 
101,251

 
263,005

Consumer secured by real estate
22,289

 
51,802

 
70,598

 
125,876

Consumer not secured by real estate
23,052

 
39,765

 
73,965

 
89,185

Total charge-offs
76,006

 
170,464

 
245,814

 
478,066

Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
15,703

 
11,421

 
47,207

 
31,979

Consumer secured by real estate
3,643

 
1,503

 
10,379

 
5,858

Consumer not secured by real estate
7,769

 
10,747

 
23,880

 
29,819

Total recoveries
27,115

 
23,671

 
81,466

 
67,656

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
48,891

 
146,793

 
164,348

 
410,410

Provision for loan losses (1)

 
71,000

 
26,850

 
303,285

Allowance for loan losses, end of period
$
875,971

 
$
980,121

 
$
875,971

 
$
980,121

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
210,000

 
235,000

 
210,000

 
256,485

Provision for unfunded lending commitments (1)

 

 

 
(21,485
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period
210,000

 
235,000

 
210,000

 
235,000

Total allowance for credit losses, end of period
$
1,085,971

 
$
1,215,121

 
$
1,085,971

 
$
1,215,121


(1)
The provision for credit losses in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations is the sum of the total provision for loan losses and provision for unfunded lending commitments.

The Company's net charge-offs decreased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, due to a decrease in both consumer and commercial loan charge-offs, as well as higher recoveries within the commercial portfolio.

The ratio of net loan charge-offs to average loans, including LHFS, was 0.1% and 0.3% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 0.3% and 0.8% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012. Commercial loan net charge-offs as a percentage of average commercial loans were less than 0.1% and 0.2% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 0.2% and 0.7% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012. The consumer loans net charge-off ratio was 0.2% and 0.6% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 0.4% and 0.8% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012. The decrease in net charge-offs is attributable to an increase in the overall credit quality of the loan portfolio, particularly the commercial loan portfolio. Delinquent commercial loans decreased to $314.5 million as of September 30, 2013 from $349.1 million as of September 30, 2012. Non-accrual commercial loans decreased to $381.9 million as of September 30, 2013 from $485.7 million as of September 30, 2012.

86


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


NON-INTEREST INCOME

 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Consumer fees
$
60,014

 
$
59,621

 
$
172,546

 
$
182,546

Commercial fees
45,275

 
44,655

 
145,318

 
134,384

Mortgage banking income, net
24,576

 
14,936

 
107,402

 
51,984

Equity method investments
70,330

 
106,427

 
365,067

 
370,325

Bank owned life insurance
13,701

 
13,701

 
42,683

 
44,643

Net (loss)/gain on investment securities recognized in earnings
(23,422
)
 
(151
)
 
9,143

 
76,381

Miscellaneous income
6,325

 
10,294

 
28,853

 
34,611

     Total non-interest income
$
196,799

 
$
249,483

 
$
871,012

 
$
894,874


Total non-interest income decreased $52.7 million and $23.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. The decrease is primarily due to lower equity method investment income offset by higher mortgage banking income.

Consumer Fees

Consumer fees increased $0.4 million and decreased $10.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. The decrease for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 was mainly due to a decrease in consumer deposit fees of $9.7 million, which was primarily due to an overall decrease in funds availability charges. Fees have decreased mainly due to improving economic conditions, enabling customers to maintain minimum deposit account balances more easily.

Commercial Fees

Commercial fees increased $0.6 million and $10.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. The increases were primarily due to higher commercial loan fees, offset by lower commercial deposit fees. In the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013, commercial loan fees increased $16.0 million, compared to the corresponding period in 2012, mainly due to higher syndication fee income and an increase in significant loan originations in 2013. The increase in commercial loan fees was offset by a decrease in commercial deposit fees of $4.8 million during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding period in 2012, due to lower pricing.

Mortgage Banking Revenue

 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Mortgage and multifamily servicing fees
$
11,647

 
$
11,428

 
$
33,889

 
$
39,478

Net gains/(losses) on sales of residential mortgage loans and related securities
14,646

 
(7,577
)
 
56,790

 
17,288

Net gains on sales of multi-family mortgage loans
12,500

 
4,900

 
41,314

 
2,753

Net (losses)/gains on hedging activities
(5,637
)
 
32,436

 
(37,594
)
 
38,396

Net (losses)/gains from changes in MSR fair value
(3,137
)
 
(15,918
)
 
30,229

 
(18,761
)
MSR principal reductions
(5,443
)
 
(10,333
)
 
(17,226
)
 
(27,170
)
     Total mortgage banking income, net
$
24,576

 
$
14,936

 
$
107,402

 
$
51,984


87


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Mortgage banking income consists of fees associated with servicing loans not held by the Company, as well as originations, amortization and changes in the fair value of MSRs and recourse reserves. Mortgage banking income results also include gains or losses on the sale of mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and MBS that were related to loans originated or purchased and held by the Company, as well as gains or losses on mortgage banking derivative and hedging transactions.

Mortgage banking revenue increased $9.6 million and $55.4 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. The increases in both periods were primarily due to an increase in the fair value of MSR assets, reductions in the multi-family recourse liability and GSE reserve charges recorded in 2012. The MSR asset increase was a result of a decrease in prepayment speeds and mortgage refinancing, both a result of interest rate increases. The decrease in the recourse liability over the past year was due to an improvement in the credit quality of the underlying portfolio, combined with a decrease in exposure as the portfolio continues to mature and the repurchase of $660.1 million loans from FNMA during the third quarter of 2013 that had been previously sold with servicing retained.

Over the past two years, there has been significant volatility in mortgage interest rates. This volatility has significantly impacted the Company's mortgage banking revenue. The following table details certain residential mortgage rates for the Bank as of the dates indicated:
 
30-Year Fixed
 
15-Year Fixed
March 31, 2011
4.88
%
 
4.25
%
June 30, 2011
4.63
%
 
3.75
%
September 30, 2011
3.99
%
 
3.13
%
December 31, 2011
3.99
%
 
3.25
%
March 31, 2012
3.99
%
 
3.25
%
June 30, 2012
3.75
%
 
3.13
%
September 30, 2012
3.50
%
 
2.88
%
December 31, 2012
3.38
%
 
2.75
%
March 31, 2013
3.63
%
 
2.99
%
June 30, 2013
4.38
%
 
3.50
%
September 30, 2013
4.38
%
 
3.38
%

Mortgage and multifamily servicing fees increased $0.2 million for the three-month period ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012 and decreased $5.6 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012, primarily due to a decrease in multifamily servicing fees. At September 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, the Company serviced multifamily real estate loans for the benefit of others totaling $5.0 billion, $7.9 billion and $8.4 billion, respectively. The decrease in the serviced portfolio is due to loan run-off and the Company's repurchase of $660.1 million of loans from FNMA. At September 30, 2013, December 31, 2012, and September 30, 2012, the Company serviced residential real estate loans for the benefit of others totaling $14.7 billion, $13.6 billion, and $13.5 billion, respectively.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and related securities increased $22.2 million and $39.5 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012 due to gains on sales resulting from increasing interest rates and higher GSE reserve charges in 2012. For the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, the Company sold $925.2 million and $3.7 billion of loans for gains of $14.6 million and $56.8 million, respectively, compared to $991.2 million and $2.5 billion of loans sold with a loss of $7.6 million and a gain of $17.3 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012, respectively. During 2013, the Company maintained its strategy to sell the majority of mortgage loans originated. The Company is altering this strategy during the fourth quarter of 2013 and will hold for investment the majority of mortgage loans originated. Also included within net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans for the three-month and nine-month periods ended 2012, the Company recognized GSE reserve charges of $30.2 million and $44.0 million, respectively, compared to $2.5 million and $18.3 million for the corresponding periods in 2013. During 2011 and 2012, the Company experienced elevated levels of residential mortgage repurchase demands, and while such demands have continued in 2013, they were not at such an elevated level.

88


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company periodically sells qualifying mortgage loans to the FHLMC, GNMA and FNMA in return for MBS issued by those agencies. The Company reclassifies the net book balance of loans sold to such agencies from loans to investment securities available for sale. For those loans sold to the agencies in which the Company retains the servicing rights, the Company allocates the net book balance transferred between servicing rights and investment securities based on their relative fair values.

Net gains on sales of multi-family mortgage loans increased $7.6 million and $38.6 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, due to a decrease in the FNMA recourse liability.

The Company previously sold multi-family loans in the secondary market to FNMA while retaining servicing. In September 2009, the Bank elected to stop selling multi-family loans to FNMA and, since that time, has retained all production for the multi-family loan portfolio. Under the terms of the multi-family sales program with FNMA, the Company retained a portion of the credit risk associated with those loans. As a result of that agreement, the Company retains a 100% first loss position on each multi-family loan sold to FNMA under the program until the earlier to occur of (i) the aggregate approved losses on the multi-family loans sold to FNMA reaching the maximum loss exposure for the portfolio as a whole or (ii) all of the loans sold to FNMA under the program are fully paid off.

At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company serviced $4.6 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively, of multi-family loans for FNMA that were sold to FNMA under this program. These loans had a credit loss exposure of $159.3 million and $160.0 million, respectively, and losses, if any, resulting from representation and warranty defaults would be in addition to the credit loss exposure. The servicing asset for these loans was completely amortized in 2012.
 
The Company has established a liability related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for multi-family loans sold to FNMA. This liability represents the amount the Company estimates it would have to pay a third party to assume the retained recourse obligation. The estimated liability represents the present value of the estimated losses the portfolio is projected to incur based upon internal specific information and an industry-based default curve with a range of estimated losses. At each of September 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, the Company had a liability of $72.8 million, $122.7 million and $125.5 million, respectively, related to the fair value of the retained credit exposure for loans sold to FNMA under this program.

Net gains/(losses) on hedging activities decreased $38.1 million and $76.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, due to the mortgage rate environment and the significant decrease in the mortgage loan pipeline. Also contributing to the change was the Company's change in strategy to hold mortgage loans originated as opposed to originating them for sale.

Net gains/(losses) from changes in MSR fair value increased $12.8 million and $49.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. The carrying value of the related MSRs at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $138.1 million and $92.5 million, respectively. The increase in MSR assets was a result of a decrease in prepayment speeds and a reduction in mortgage refinancing due to interest rate increases.

MSR principal reductions decreased $4.9 million and $9.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, due to the reduction in prepayments and mortgage refinancing as a result of increases in interest rates.

Equity Method Investments

Income from equity method investments decreased $36.1 million and $5.3 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. Equity method investments are primarily comprised of the Company's 65% equity method investment in SCUSA. During the third quarter of 2013, SCUSA increased its provision for loan losses and had increased charge-offs due to increased loan volumes, which caused a decrease in the Company's equity method investment income.

89


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Bank-Owned Life Insurance ("BOLI")

BOLI income represents fluctuations in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies on certain employees. The Bank is the beneficiary and the recipient of the insurance proceeds. Income from BOLI decreased $2.0 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012.

Net Gains/Losses on the Sale of Investment Securities

Net losses on the sale of investment securities were $23.4 million and net gains were $9.1 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to a net loss of $0.2 million and a net gain of $76.4 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. The net loss realized for the three-month period ended September 30, 2013 was primarily due to the sale of MBS including collateralized mortgage obligations with a book value of $2.3 billion for a loss of $24.2 million. The nine-months ended September 30, 2013 also included the sale of collateralized mortgage obligations with a book value of $4.1 billion for a gain of $69.0 million, corporate debt securities with a book value of $905.7 million, for a gain of $34.7 million, and fair market value changes on derivative positions related to investment securities sales.

As a result of rising market interest rates, management made the decision during the second quarter of 2013 to reposition its balance sheet. Consistent with this strategy, the Company designated certain available-for-sale investment securities with a book value of $2.5 billion to be sold, which were in an unrealized loss position due to changes in market rates and asset spreads. The intent to sell these securities resulted in the Company recording $63.6 million of OTTI in other income in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations during the second quarter of 2013. All of the securities designated for sale were sold in the third quarter of 2013.


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Compensation and benefits
$
186,623

 
$
162,581

 
$
527,244

 
$
486,559

Occupancy and equipment expenses
97,774

 
82,915

 
280,322

 
243,072

Technology expense
35,715

 
29,019

 
95,835

 
83,146

Outside services
23,887

 
20,693

 
61,971

 
72,955

Marketing expense
14,967

 
7,628

 
30,178

 
22,254

Loan expense
16,794

 
20,147

 
54,474

 
64,809

Other administrative expenses
74,901

 
32,503

 
159,555

 
116,629

Total general and administrative expenses
$
450,661

 
$
355,486

 
$
1,209,579

 
$
1,089,424


Total general and administrative expenses increased $95.2 million and $120.2 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. The increases were due primarily to increased compensation and benefit expenses, increased occupancy and equipment expenses, increased spending on the Bank's rebranding, and a regulatory charge all during the nine-months ended September 30, 2013.

Compensation and benefits increased $24.0 million and $40.7 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to the Company's investment in personnel through salary increases effective in the beginning of 2013, increased headcount and other compensation charges associated with management changes.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $14.9 million and $37.3 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to significant fixed asset additions in the second quarter of 2012 related to the Company's IT transformation.


90


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Marketing expense increased $7.3 million and $7.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. The Company paid $34.0 million and $44.3 million related to its rebranding during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, of which $9.5 million was expensed as incurred and $34.8 million was capitalized. There were no costs related to rebranding during the first nine months of 2012. During the year-ended 2012, $9.1 million of such costs were incurred. These rebranding costs include signage changes, branch refurbishments, merchandising, advertising, accelerated depreciation, and other related costs. It is expected that the majority of these costs will be capitalized.

Other administrative expense increased $42.4 million and $42.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company recognized a $30.0 million reserve related to the identity theft product matter. See further discussion on this matter in the Current Regulatory Environment section of this Management's Discussion and Analysis.


OTHER EXPENSES
 
Three-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands)
Amortization of intangibles
$
6,557

 
$
8,871

 
$
21,373

 
$
28,944

Deposit insurance premiums and other costs
12,574

 
22,859

 
55,824

 
66,823

Loss on debt extinguishment
288

 
195

 
558

 
6,834

PIERS litigation accrual

 
258,480

 

 
258,480

Total other expenses
$
19,419

 
$
290,405

 
$
77,755

 
$
361,081


Total other expenses decreased $271.0 million and $283.3 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to the recognition of the Trust PIERS litigation accrual during the third quarter of 2012.

Deposit insurance premiums and other expenses decreased $10.3 million and $11.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to lower FDIC insurance premium assessments.

During the third quarter of 2012, the Company recorded $258.5 million related to the complaint from the Trustee for the Trust PIERS matter. This matter was settled during the fourth quarter of 2012.


INCOME TAX PROVISION/(BENEFIT)

An income tax provision of $18.7 million and $156.7 million was recorded for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to income tax benefits of $77.7 million and $6.0 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. This resulted in an effective tax rate of 19.6% and 22.2% for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to (158.3)% and (1.4)% for the corresponding periods in 2012. The higher tax rates in 2013 were primarily attributable to discrete tax benefits recognized during the three-month period ended September 30, 2012 on the Trust PIERS accrual and for investment tax credits related to a direct-financing lease.

The Company's effective tax rate in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions within which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company's interpretations by tax authorities that examine tax returns filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.



91


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS

Retail

 
Three-months ended
September 30,
 
Nine-months ended
September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
215,934

 
$
186,188

 
$
591,556

 
$
557,228

Total non-interest income
83,351

 
82,849

 
303,531

 
299,576

Provision for credit losses
26,204

 
89,854

 
72,875

 
209,926

Total expenses
226,945

 
216,018

 
663,069

 
643,048

Income/(loss) before income taxes
46,136

 
(36,835
)
 
159,143

 
3,830

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment revenue/(expense)
49,543

 
(1,506
)
 
94,814

 
(26,131
)
Total average assets
19,839,610

 
22,635,358

 
20,497,149

 
22,993,536

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average loans
19,367,068

 
21,868,630

 
20,026,556

 
22,009,808

Average deposits
37,375,536

 
36,070,061

 
37,501,621

 
35,786,827

% Market net core margin
1.32
%
 
1.07
%
 
1.31
%
 
1.12
%

Net interest income increased $29.7 million and $34.3 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012 mainly due to a rise in interest rates causing greater spreads on deposits, as well as a decrease in interest expense due to lower deposit volumes. The provision for credit losses decreased $63.7 million and $137.1 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the preceding year, primarily due to an improvement in the overall credit quality of the portfolio and the refined determination of specific reserves related to mortgage TDRs in 2012. Total expenses increased $10.9 million and $20.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to the rebranding and increased compensation and benefits due to the Company's investment in personnel through salary increases effective in the beginning of 2013 and increased headcount.

Average assets for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 decreased $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to lower loan originations and the strategy to sell mortgage loans.

On June 28, 2013, the Bank entered into a servicing and sourcing agreement with SCUSA for Chrysler dealer lending opportunities, under which SCUSA will provide servicing on loans originated by the Bank.


92


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Corporate

 
Three-months ended
September 30,
 
Nine-months ended
September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
129,799

 
$
124,388

 
$
377,851

 
$
370,151

Total non-interest income
31,690

 
23,480

 
97,129

 
60,783

Provision for credit losses
2,187

 
(17,574
)
 
(1,964
)
 
9,907

Total expenses
45,011

 
38,588

 
133,431

 
116,857

Income before income taxes
114,291

 
126,854

 
343,513

 
304,170

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment (expense)
(93,181
)
 
(107,776
)
 
(282,895
)
 
(331,690
)
Total average assets
23,045,598

 
22,093,662

 
22,798,051

 
21,857,118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average loans
23,281,768

 
22,431,549

 
23,049,271

 
22,253,418

Average deposits
8,834,312

 
8,133,271

 
8,417,635

 
8,325,867

% Market net core margin
1.92
%
 
1.90
%
 
0.22
%
 
1.89
%

Total non-interest income increased $8.2 million and $36.3 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012 primarily due to higher commercial loan fees, offset by lower commercial deposit fees. Total expenses increased $6.4 million and $16.6 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to increased compensation and benefit expense resulting from a higher headcount and salary increases effective in January 2013.

Total average assets increased $951.9 million and $940.9 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, due to increased loan originations in 2013.

GBM

 
Three-months ended
September 30,
 
Nine-months ended
September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
37,898

 
$
35,597

 
$
120,815

 
$
102,074

Total non-interest income
12,923

 
12,926

 
59,672

 
44,132

Provision for credit losses
(9,560
)
 
(11,738
)
 
(3,993
)
 
8,630

Total expenses
14,033

 
5,787

 
40,384

 
32,299

Income before income taxes
46,348

 
54,474

 
144,096

 
105,277

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment (expense)
(11,563
)
 
(17,064
)
 
(38,883
)
 
(40,941
)
Total average assets
7,717,050

 
7,857,926

 
8,175,844

 
7,204,913

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average loans
6,569,746

 
6,976,722

 
7,209,119

 
6,348,404

Average deposits
776,341

 
780,607

 
765,221

 
1,244,872

% Market net core margin
2.12
%
 
2.41
%
 
1.70
%
 
2.27
%

Net interest income increased $2.3 million and $18.7 million during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to increased loan volumes.

Average assets increased $970.9 million during the nine-month ended September 30, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012, due to the growth of the business, specifically after the conversion to a national bank in the first quarter of 2012.


93


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Non-Strategic Assets
 
Three-months ended
September 30,
 
Nine-months ended
September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
7,388

 
$
10,008

 
$
26,745

 
$
31,228

Total non-interest income
2,141

 
2,979

 
7,659

 
11,172

Provision for credit losses
(7,927
)
 
(34,104
)
 
(28,556
)
 
(47,799
)
Total expenses
7,712

 
6,689

 
22,556

 
20,567

Income before income taxes
9,744

 
40,402

 
40,404

 
69,632

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment (expense)
(5,295
)
 
(11,646
)
 
(16,766
)
 
(43,438
)
Total average assets
826,035

 
1,377,246

 
922,377

 
1,595,449

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average loans
883,440

 
1,456,341

 
984,718

 
1,711,158

Average deposits
191,629

 
189,929

 
192,432

 
148,401

% Market net core margin
3.42
%
 
2.80
%
 
1.22
%
 
2.67
%

The activity and balances within this segment have been steadily decreasing due to the segment primarily being comprised of portfolios in run-off.

Other
 
Three-months ended
September 30,
 
Nine-months ended
September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
(dollars in thousands)
Net interest (loss)/income
$
(22,338
)
 
$
62,137

 
$
33,009

 
$
212,154

Total non-interest (loss)/income
(6,871
)
 
14,412

 
24,025

 
92,635

Provision for credit losses
(10,904
)
 
44,562

 
(11,512
)
 
101,136

Total expenses
176,379

 
378,809

 
427,894

 
637,734

Loss before income taxes
(194,684
)
 
(346,822
)
 
(359,348
)
 
(434,081
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment revenue
60,496

 
137,992

 
243,730

 
442,200

Total average assets
26,387,019

 
29,675,386

 
28,493,239

 
29,084,008


Net interest income decreased $84.5 million and $179.1 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the preceding year, primarily due to the sale of $2.4 billion and $8.1 billion of investment securities during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 offset by the repayment of debt obligations. Total non-interest income decreased $21.3 million and $68.6 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in 2012, primarily due to investment securities sales, which resulted in net investment losses of $24.2 million during the three-month period ended September 30, 2013 and OTTI recognition of $63.6 million during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013. Total expenses decreased $202.4 million and $209.8 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the preceding year, primarily due to the recognition of the $258.5 million Trust PIERS litigation accrual in the third quarter of 2012 offset by the recognition of the identity theft product accrual of $30.0 million during the three-month period ended September 30, 2013.

Average assets decreased $3.3 billion and $590.8 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the corresponding periods in the preceding year, primarily due to investment sales.

SCUSA

Equity method investment earnings from SCUSA were $73.6 million and $379.0 million for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $112.8 million and $386.6 million for the corresponding periods in 2012. The carrying value of the Company's 65% investment balance in SCUSA as of September 30, 2013 was $2.9 billion.

94


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


FINANCIAL CONDITION


LOAN PORTFOLIO

 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans (excluding multi-family loans)
$
23,700,692

 
47.5%
 
$
25,358,784

 
47.6%
 
$
24,710,864

 
46.7%
Multi-family loans
8,161,486

 
16.3%
 
7,572,555

 
14.2%
 
7,346,562

 
13.9%
Consumer loans secured by real estate
16,059,409

 
32.2%
 
17,882,875

 
33.6%
 
18,341,947

 
34.6%
Consumer loans not secured by real estate
1,984,294

 
4.0%
 
2,418,139

 
4.6%
 
2,565,017

 
4.8%
Total Loans
$
49,905,881

 
100.0%
 
$
53,232,353

 
100.0%
 
$
52,964,390

 
100.0%

Commercial loans (excluding multi-family loans) decreased $1.7 billion, or 6.5%, from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013, and $1.0 billion, or 4.1%, from September 30, 2012 to September 30, 2013. The decreases were primarily due to significant loan payoffs and lower loan origination volume. Loan payoffs and low loan volume was slightly offset by the purchase of $522.7 million of commercial and industrial loans during the year. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, only 17.6% and 21.1%, respectively, of the total commercial portfolio was unsecured.

Multi-family loans increased $588.9 million, or 7.8%, from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013, and increased $814.9 million, or 11.1%, from September 30, 2012 to September 30, 2013. The increase is primarily due to the Company's repurchase during the third quarter of 2013 from FNMA of $660.1 million of performing multifamily loans that had been previously sold with servicing retained.

Consumer loans secured by real estate, including LHFS, decreased $1.8 billion, or 10.2%, from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013, and $2.3 billion, or 12.4%, from September 30, 2012 to September 30, 2013. The decreases in the consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio were due to overall lower loan growth and volume and the majority of new residential mortgage loan originations being held for sale and subsequently sold during the period, as opposed to being held for investment. In addition, increased home equity loan payoffs and pay-downs exceeded new credit line usage.

The consumer loan portfolio not secured by real estate decreased $0.4 billion, or 17.9%, from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013, and $0.6 billion, or 22.6%, from September 30, 2012 to September 30, 2013. The decreases in the consumer loans not secured by real estate portfolio were primarily due to the continued run-off of the RV/marine and indirect auto loan businesses throughout the first nine months of 2013.


NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

Non-performing assets decreased slightly, to $1.1 billion, or 1.44% of total assets, at September 30, 2013, compared to $1.2 billion, or 1.45% of total assets, at December 31, 2012.

Nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans and leases, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, other real estate owned ("OREO") properties, and other repossessed assets. When interest accruals are suspended, accrued interest income is reversed, with accruals charged to earnings. The Company generally places all commercial, consumer, and residential mortgage loans except credit cards on nonaccrual status at 90 days past due for interest, principal or maturity, or earlier if it is determined that the collection of principal or interest on the loan is in doubt. Credit cards continue to accrue interest until they are 180 days delinquent, at which point they are charged-off and all interest is removed from interest income. 


95


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


In general, when the borrower's ability to make required interest and principal payments has resumed and collectability is no longer believed to be in doubt, the loan or lease is returned to accrual status. Generally, commercial loans categorized as nonaccrual remain in nonaccrual status until the payment status is current and an event occurs that fully remediates the impairment or the loan demonstrates a sustained period of performance without a past due event, typically for six months but for a minimum of 90 days, and there is reasonable assurance as to the collectability of all amounts due. Within the consumer and residential mortgage portfolios, the accrual status is generally systematically driven, so that if the customer makes a payment that bring the loan below 90 days past due, the loan automatically will return to accrual status.

The following table shows the non-performing loans compared to total loans outstanding for the residential mortgage and consumer loans secured by real estate portfolios as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Residential Mortgages
 
Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate (self-originated)
 
Residential Mortgages
 
Consumer Loans Secured by Real Estate (self-originated)
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing loans ("NPLs")
$
482,758

 
$
107,617

 
$
511,382

 
$
122,985

Total loans
$
9,707,680

 
$
6,087,160

 
$
11,243,321

 
$
6,333,426

NPLs as a percentage of total loans
5.0
%
 
1.8
%
 
4.5
%
 
1.9
%
NPLs in foreclosure status
40.7
%
 
17.2
%
 
42.4
%
 
15.4
%

The NPL ratio is significantly higher for the Company's residential mortgage loan portfolio compared to its consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio due to a number of factors, including: the prolonged workout and foreclosure resolution processes; differences in risk profiles; and out-of-footprint loans (loans with collateral located outside the Company's geographic footprint).

Resolution challenges with low foreclosure sales continue to impact both the residential mortgage and consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio NPL balances, but foreclosure inventory decreased quarter-over-quarter. The foreclosure moratorium was lifted and activity resumed in the fourth quarter of 2011, but delays in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, and Massachusetts limited the decline in NPL balances and contributed to a higher NPL ratio trend in 2012. As of September 30, 2013, foreclosures in all states except Delaware and Washington, D.C. were moving forward. Both Delaware and Washington, D.C. are delayed due to new legal complexities surrounding documentation required to initiate a new foreclosure proceeding. 

New foreclosure laws were enacted in Massachusetts in August 2012, and the Massachusetts Division of Banks issued its final rules on the implementation of the new foreclosure law in June 2013. These final rules require lenders to offer loan modification terms to certain borrowers prior to proceeding with foreclosure, unless the lender is able to prove that modification would result in greater losses for the bank or that the borrower has rejected the offer. Lenders are also required to send notice to borrowers regarding their right to request a modification. Breach notices for Massachusetts foreclosures recommenced in September 2013.

The following table represents the concentration of foreclosures by state as a percentage of total foreclosures at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
New Jersey
33.5%
 
29.2%
New York
16.0%
 
13.5%
Pennsylvania
13.4%
 
11.5%
Massachusetts
3.8%
 
6.8%
All other states
33.3%
 
39.0%

96


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The foreclosure closings issue has a greater impact on the residential mortgage portfolio than the consumer real estate secured portfolio due to the larger volume of loans in first lien position in that portfolio, which have equity upon which to foreclose. Exclusive of Chapter 7 bankruptcy NPL accounts, approximately 89.3% of the 90+ day delinquent loan balances in the residential mortgage portfolio are secured by a first lien, while only 47.3% of the 90+ day delinquent loan balances in the consumer real estate secured portfolio are secured by a first lien. Consumer real estate secured NPL loans may get charged off more quickly due to the lack of equity to foreclose from a second lien position.

The Alt-A segment consists of loans with limited documentation requirements which were originated through brokers outside the Company's geographic footprint. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the residential mortgage portfolio included the following Alt-A loans:

 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Alt-A loans
$
1,100,922

 
$
1,233,343

Alt-A loans as a percentage of the residential mortgage portfolio
11.3
%
 
11.0
%
Alt-A loans designated "out-of-footprint"
$
452,251

 
$
520,819

Alt-A loans designated as "out-of-footprint" as a percentage of Alt-A loans
41.1
%
 
42.2
%
Alt-A loans in NPL status
$
181,295

 
$
202,259

Alt-A loans in NPL status as a percentage of residential mortgage NPLs
37.6
%
 
39.6%


The performance of the Alt-A segment has remained poor, averaging a 16.7% NPL ratio in 2013. Alt-A mortgage originations were discontinued in 2008 and have continued to run off at an average rate of 1.4% per month. Alt-A NPL balances represented 64.6% of the total residential mortgage loan portfolio NPL balance at the end of the first quarter of 2009, compared to 37.6% at September 30, 2013. As the Alt-A segment runs off and higher quality residential mortgages are added to the portfolio, the shift in product mix is expected to lower NPL balances.

Finally, the proportion of out-of-footprint loans is significantly higher in the residential mortgage portfolio than in the consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio. Historically, the NPL ratio for out-of-footprint loans has been higher compared with in-footprint lending. A total of $928.5 million, or 9.6%, of the residential mortgage loan portfolio was originated with collateral located outside the Bank’s geographic footprint as of September 30, 2013. Out-of-footprint NPL balances for the residential mortgage loan portfolio were $85.8 million, or 9.2% of out-of-footprint balances, as of September 30, 2013. The out-of-footprint NPL balance represented 17.8% of the total NPL balance of the residential mortgage loan portfolio. In comparison, the consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio has significantly less out-of-footprint loans, with a total of $50.0 million, or 0.8%, originated with collateral located outside the Bank’s geographic footprint. The out-of-footprint NPL balance represented only 1.4% of the total NPL balance for the consumer loans secured by real estate portfolio.



97


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The following table presents the composition of non-performing assets at the dates indicated:

 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans:
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
$
273,589

 
$
291,236

Commercial and industrial
82,328

 
122,111

Multi-family
25,998

 
58,587

Total commercial loans
381,915

 
471,934

Consumer:
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
482,758

 
511,382

Consumer loans secured by real estate
144,793

 
170,486

Consumer not secured by real estate
12,480

 
18,874

Total consumer loans
640,031

 
700,742

 
 
 
 
Total non-accrual loans
1,021,946

 
1,172,676

 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
87,886

 
65,962

Other repossessed assets
3,817

 
3,301

Total other real estate owned and other repossessed assets
91,703

 
69,263

Total non-performing assets
$
1,113,649

 
$
1,241,939

 
 
 
 
Past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and accruing interest
$
2,491

 
$
3,052

Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans (2)
0.43
%
 
0.98
%
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets
1.44
%
 
1.45
%
NPLs as a percentage of total loans
2.05
%
 
2.20
%
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets
2.23
%
 
2.33
%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total non-performing assets (1)
97.51
%
 
98.51
%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total NPLs (1)
106.27
%
 
104.33
%

(1)
Allowance for credit losses is comprised of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments, which is included in Other liabilities.
(2)
Annualized net loan charge-offs to average loans is calculated as annualized net loan charge-offs divided by the average loan balance for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013.

Excluding loans past due which are classified as non-accrual, loans past due have decreased from $542.4 million at December 31, 2012 to $376.8 million at September 30, 2013.

No commercial loans were 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as of September 30, 2013. Potential problem loans are loans not currently classified as non-performing loans for which management has doubts as to the borrowers’ ability to comply with the present repayment terms. These assets are principally loans delinquent more than 30 days but less than 90 days. Potential problem commercial loans totaled approximately $66.3 million and $127.2 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Potential problem consumer loans amounted to $308.1 million and $412.1 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Management has included these loans in its evaluation and reserved for them during the respective periods.

98


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


TDRs

TDRs are loans that have been modified as the Company has agreed to make certain concessions to customers to both meet the needs of the customers and maximize the ultimate recovery of the loans. TDRs occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties and the loan is modified with terms that would otherwise not be granted to the borrower. The types of concessions granted are generally interest rate reductions, limitations on the accrued interest charged, term extensions, and deferment of principal.

TDRs are generally placed in nonaccrual status upon modification, unless the loan was performing immediately prior to modification. TDRs may return to accrual status after demonstrating at least six consecutive months of sustained payments following modification, as long as the Company believes the principal and interest of the restructured loan will be paid in full. To the extent the TDR is determined to be collateral-dependent and the source of repayment depends on the operation of the collateral, the loan may be returned to accrual status based on the foregoing parameters. To the extent the TDR is determined to be collateral-dependent and the source of repayment depends on the disposal of the collateral, the loan may not be returned to accrual status.

The Company's credit quality trends have continued to improve, and non-performing TDRs decreased $56.2 million from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013. The decrease was driven by a number of factors. TDRs initially placed in non-accrual status which have not yet sustained six consecutive months of payments and for which, as a result, repayment is not yet deemed reasonably assured increased the balance by approximately $57.2 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013, primarily due to the Company's continuing efforts to meet the needs of its customers and maximize the ultimate recovery of its receivables. TDRs returned to accrual or paid off during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 decreased the Company's non-performing TDR balance by approximately $75.4 million. In addition, balances of non-performing TDRs decreased due to charge-offs and pay-downs by approximately $55.1 million from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013. Finally, nonperforming TDRs which were previously performing at December 31, 2012 increased the balance of non-performing TDRs by approximately $17.1 million.

The following table summarizes TDRs at the dates indicated:

September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Performing

 

Commercial
$
158,316

 
$
203,012

Residential mortgage
445,345

 
421,242

Other consumer
56,606

 
49,015

Total performing
660,267

 
673,269

Non-performing

 

Commercial
104,677

 
132,177

Residential mortgage
196,897

 
214,328

Other consumer
60,253

 
71,565

Total non-performing
361,827

 
418,070

Total
$
1,022,094

 
$
1,091,339



ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments (collectively, the “Allowance for Credit Losses”) are maintained at levels that management considers adequate to provide for losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Management's evaluation takes into consideration the risks inherent in the portfolio, past loan loss experience, specific loans with loss potential, geographic and industry concentrations, delinquency trends, economic conditions, the level of originations and other relevant factors. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for credit losses may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.

99


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and the percentage of each loan type to total loans at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Amount
 
% of
Loans to
Total
Loans
 
Amount
 
% of
Loans to
Total
Loans
 
(dollars in thousands)
Allocated allowance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans
$
470,565

 
64
%
 
$
580,931

 
62
%
Consumer loans
389,144

 
36
%
 
407,259

 
38
%
Unallocated allowance
16,262

 
n/a

 
25,279

 
n/a

Total allowance for loan losses
$
875,971

 
100
%
 
$
1,013,469

 
100
%
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
210,000

 
 
 
210,000

 
 
Total allowance for credit losses
$
1,085,971

 
 
 
$
1,223,469

 
 

General

The allowance for credit losses decreased $137.5 million from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013 and decreased as a percentage of total loans to 2.18% at September 30, 2013 compared to 2.30% at December 31, 2012. The decrease in the allowance for credit losses can be attributed to an overall improvement in the credit quality, risk rating and portfolio composition of the loan portfolio, specifically in the commercial loan portfolio, with decreases in net charge-offs, delinquent loans, and non-accrual loans from 2011 to 2013.

Management regularly monitors the condition of the Bank's portfolio, considering factors such as historical loss experience, trends in delinquency and non-performing loans, changes in risk composition and underwriting standards, the experience and ability of staff, and regional and national economic conditions and trends.

The risk factors inherent in the Allowance for Credit Losses are continuously reviewed and revised by management when conditions indicate that the estimates initially applied are different from actual results. The Company also performs a comprehensive analysis of the Allowance for Credit Losses on a quarterly basis. In addition, a review of allowance levels based on nationally published statistics is conducted quarterly.

The factors supporting the Allowance for Credit Losses do not diminish the fact that the entire Allowance for Credit Losses is available to absorb losses in the loan portfolio and related commitment portfolio. The Company’s principal focus is to ensure the adequacy of the total Allowance for Credit Losses.

The Allowance for Losses is subject to review by banking regulators. The Company’s primary bank regulators regularly conduct examinations of the Allowance for Credit Losses and make assessments regarding its adequacy and the methodology employed in its determination.

A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. An insignificant delay (e.g., less than 90 days) or insignificant shortfall in the amount of payments does not necessarily result in the loan being identified as impaired. Impaired loans are defined as all TDRs plus non-accrual commercial loans in excess of $1 million. In addition, the Company may perform a specific reserve analysis on loans that fail to meet this threshold if the nature of the collateral or business conditions warrant. As of September 30, 2013, the Company is performing a specific reserve analysis on certain loans within the Corporate Banking and remaining commercial classes of financing receivables, regardless of loan size.

100


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Commercial

For the commercial loan portfolio excluding small business loans (businesses with annual sales of up to $3.0 million), the Company has specialized credit officers, a monitoring unit, and workout units that identify and manage potential problem loans. Changes in management factors, financial and operating performance, company behavior, industry factors and external events and circumstances are evaluated on an ongoing basis to determine whether potential impairment is evident and additional analysis is needed. For the commercial loan portfolios, risk ratings are assigned to each individual loan to differentiate risk within the portfolio, reviewed on an ongoing basis by credit risk management, and revised, if needed, to reflect the borrower’s current risk profile and the related collateral position. The risk ratings consider factors such as financial condition, debt capacity and coverage ratios, market presence and quality of management. Generally, credit officers reassess a borrower’s risk rating on at least an annual basis, and more frequently if warranted. This reassessment process is managed by credit officers and is overseen by the Credit Monitoring group to ensure consistency and accuracy in risk ratings, as well as the appropriate frequency of risk rating reviews by the Bank’s credit officers. The Company’s Internal Audit group regularly performs loan reviews and assesses the appropriateness of assigned risk ratings. When credits are downgraded below a certain level, the Company’s Workout Department becomes responsible for managing the credit risk. Risk rating actions are generally reviewed formally by one or more credit committees depending on the size of the loan and the type of risk rating action being taken. Detailed analyses are completed that support the risk rating and management’s strategies for the customer relationship going forward.

If a loan is identified as impaired and is collateral-dependent, an initial appraisal is obtained to provide a baseline to determine the property’s fair market value. The frequency of appraisals depends on the type of collateral being appraised. If the collateral value is subject to significant volatility (due to location of the asset, obsolescence, etc.), an appraisal is obtained more frequently. At a minimum, updated appraisals for impaired loans are obtained within a 12-month period if the loan remains outstanding for that period of time.

If a loan is identified as impaired and is not collateral-dependent, impairment is measured based on a present value of expected future cash flows methodology.

When the Bank determines that the value of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, the Bank recognizes impairment through a provision estimate or a charge-off to the allowance. Management performs these assessments on at least a quarterly basis. For commercial loans, a charge-off is recorded when a loan, or a portion thereof, is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance on the Bank’s books as an asset is not warranted. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis, and partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on at least a quarterly basis, with additional charge-offs or loan loss provisions taken on the remaining loan balance, if warranted, utilizing the same criteria.

The portion of the allowance for loan losses related to the commercial portfolio decreased from $580.9 million at December 31, 2012 (1.76% of commercial loans) to $470.6 million at September 30, 2013 (1.48% of commercial loans). A portion of the reduction ($30.7 million) is attributable to the resolution of the ASC 310-10-35 impaired loan portfolio and associated specific reserves. Additionally, the portfolio risk distribution has shown improvement related to portfolio credit quality, with lower levels of classified and non-accruing loans. In addition, higher quality credits have been booked to replace loans that were negatively impacted in the recession. In particular, the growth of the GBM business has played a role in lowering the commercial and industrial coverage rate, as loans to these highly-rated, investment grade, multi-national corporations typically require lower coverage rates than the Company's middle market commercial and industrial lending business.


101


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Consumer

The consumer loan and small business loan portfolios are monitored for credit risk and deterioration with statistical tools considering factors such as delinquency, LTV ratios, and credit scores. Management evaluates the consumer portfolios throughout their life cycles on a portfolio basis. When problem loans are identified that are secured with collateral, management examines the loan files to evaluate the nature and type of collateral. Management documents the collateral type, the date of the most recent valuation, and whether any liens exist to determine the value to compare against the committed loan amount.
For both residential and home equity loans, loss severity assumptions are incorporated in the loan loss reserve models to estimate loan balances that will ultimately charge-off. These assumptions are based on recent loss experience within various CLTV bands in these portfolios. CLTVs are refreshed quarterly by applying Federal Housing Finance Agency Home Price Index changes at a state-by-state level to the last known appraised value of the property to estimate the current CLTV. The Company's allowance for loan losses incorporates the refreshed CLTV information to update the distribution of defaulted loans by CLTV as well as the associated loss given default for each CLTV band. Reappraisals on a recurring basis at the individual property level are not considered cost-effective or necessary; however, reappraisals are performed on certain higher risk accounts to support line management activities and default servicing decisions, or when other situations arise for which the Company believes the additional expense is warranted.

Consumer loans (excluding auto loans and credit cards) and any portion of a consumer loan secured by a real estate mortgage not adequately secured are generally charged-off when deemed to be uncollectible or delinquent 180 days or more (120 days for closed-end consumer loans not secured by real estate), whichever comes first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Examples that would demonstrate repayment likelihood include: a loan that is secured by collateral and is in the process of collection; a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance; or a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate. Auto loans are charged off when an account becomes 121 days delinquent if the Company has not repossessed the vehicle. The Company charges off accounts in repossession when the automobile is repossessed and legally available for disposition. Credit cards that are 180 days delinquent are charged-off and all interest is removed from interest income.

As of September 30, 2013, the Company had $821.7 million and $5.3 billion of consumer home equity loans and lines of credit, which included $401.9 million and $3.1 billion, or 48.9% and 58.2%, in junior lien positions, respectively. Loss severity rates on these consumer home equity loans and lines of credit in junior lien positions were 77.3% and 84.3%, respectively, as of September 30, 2013.

In connection with these home equity loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens, the Company does not have the ability to track whether or not a senior lien is in default if we do not hold or service the loan. As a result, this information is not explicitly incorporated into the allowance calculation. However, FICO scores for home equity borrowers are refreshed quarterly to monitor changes in the borrowers' credit profiles. While these FICO scores and certain other factors are not explicitly incorporated into the Company's allowance models, significant trends are evaluated for consideration as a qualitative adjustment to the allowance. No significant shifts in trends have been observed during the periods presented to warrant a qualitative adjustment to the Company's allowance for loan losses.

To ensure the Company has captured losses inherent in its home equity portfolios, the Company estimates its allowance for loan losses for home equity loans and lines of credit by segmenting its portfolio into sub-segments based on the nature of the portfolio and certain risk characteristics such as product type, lien positions, and origination channels. Projected future defaulted loan balances are estimated within each portfolio sub-segment by incorporating risk parameters, including the current payment status as well as historical trends in delinquency rates. Other assumptions, including prepayment and attrition rates, are also calculated at the portfolio sub-segment level and incorporated into the estimation of the likely volume of defaulted loan balances. The projected default volume is stratified across CLTV ratio bands, and a loss severity rate for each CLTV band is applied based on the Company's historical net credit loss experience. This amount is then adjusted, as necessary, for qualitative considerations to reflect changes in underwriting, market, or industry conditions, or changes in trends in the composition of the portfolio, including risk composition, seasoning, and underlying collateral. During the third quarter of 2013, the home equity model was changed to further break down the probability of default across LTV and FICO bands. This change increased the allowance for loan losses in the home equity portfolio by $33.8 million.


102


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company considers the delinquency status of its senior liens in cases in which the Company services the lien. The Company currently services the senior lien on approximately 23% of junior lien home equity principal balances. Of the junior lien home equity loan and line of credit balances that are current, approximately 2% have a senior lien that is one or more payments past due. When the senior lien is delinquent but the junior lien is current, allowance levels are adjusted to reflect loss estimates consistent with the delinquency status of the senior lien. The Company also extrapolates these impacts to the junior lien portfolio when the senior lien is serviced by another investor and the delinquency status of that senior lien is unknown. The Company is presently undertaking an effort to obtain the actual delinquency status of senior liens serviced by other servicers through the use of credit bureau data, but this initiative is not expected to be completed until late in 2013.

Although the Company does not currently have the ability to track whether or not a senior lien is in default if the Company does not hold or service the loan, the lien position is reflected in the loss history and is captured as part of the historical loss experience utilized in the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Moreover, the Company's allowance models and reserve levels are back-tested on a quarterly basis to ensure that both remain within appropriate ranges. As a result, management believes that the current allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level sufficient to absorb inherent losses in the portfolio.

Depository and lending institutions in the U.S. generally are expected to experience a significant volume of home equity lines of credit which will be approaching the end of their draw periods over the next several years, following the growth in home equity lending experienced during 2003 through 2007. As a result, many of these home equity lines of credit will either convert to amortizing loans or have principal due as balloon payments. The percentage of the Company's current home equity lines of credit that are expected to reach the end of their draw periods prior to December 31, 2018 is approximately 4.5% and not considered significant. The Company's home equity lines of credit are generally open-ended, revolving loans with fixed-rate lock options and draw periods of up to 10 years, along with amortizing repayment periods of up to 15 years. We currently do not monitor delinquency rates differently for amortizing and non-amortizing lines, but instead segment our home equity line of credit portfolio by certain other risk characteristics which we monitor, along with several credit quality metrics including delinquency. Our home equity lines of credit are generally underwritten considering fully drawn and fully amortizing levels. As a result, we currently do not anticipate a significant deterioration in credit quality when these home equity lines of credit begin to amortize. We are currently enhancing our data capabilities to monitor home equity line of credit delinquency trends by amortizing and non-amortizing status, and will look to expand our disclosures in future filings to discuss any significant delinquency trends affecting the Company's home equity portfolios when this information becomes available.

The allowance for consumer loans was $389.1 million and $407.3 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The allowance as a percentage of consumer loans was 2.16% at September 30, 2013 and 2.01% at December 31, 2012, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to improved credit quality as indicated in the reductions in past due and non-accruing loans, as well as an overall decrease in the amount of outstanding consumer loans. These decreases were slightly offset by a $33.8 million reserve increase within the home equity portfolio in the third quarter of 2013. This increase was due to a change in the home equity model to further break down the probability of default across LTV and FICO bands.

Unallocated

Additionally, the Company reserves for certain inherent, but undetected, losses that are probable within the loan portfolio. Absent significant other factors to the contrary, management generally considers an unallocated position within 5% of the overall allowance to be reasonably sufficient to absorb imprecisions of models to otherwise provide for coverage of inherent losses in the Company's entire loan and lease portfolios. Imprecisions include loss factors inherent in the loan portfolio that may not have been discreetly contemplated in the general and specific components of the allowance, as well as potential variability in estimates. Period-to-period changes in the Company's historical unallocated allowance for loan and lease loss positions are considered in light of these factors. The unallocated allowance for loan losses was $16.3 million at September 30, 2013 and $25.3 million at December 31, 2012.


103


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The reserve for unfunded lending commitments has remained flat, at $210.0 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Bank estimates probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments. Risk factors, in conjunction with an analysis of historical loss experience, current economic conditions, performance trends within specific portfolio segments, and any other pertinent information result in the estimation of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Additions to the reserve for unfunded lending commitments are made by charges to the provision for credit losses, and this reserve is classified within Other liabilities on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Once an unfunded lending commitment becomes funded and is carried as a loan, the corresponding reserves are transferred to the allowance for loan and lease losses.


INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities consist primarily of MBS, tax-free municipal securities, U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, corporate debt securities, asset-backed securities and stock in the FHLB and the Federal Reserve. MBS consist of pass-through, collateralized mortgage obligations, and adjustable rate mortgages issued by federal agencies. The Company’s MBS are either guaranteed as to principal and interest by the issuer or have ratings of “AAA” by Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s at the date of issuance. The Company’s available-for-sale investment strategy is to purchase liquid fixed-rate and floating-rate investments to manage the Company's liquidity position and interest rate risk adequately.

Total investment securities available-for-sale decreased $7.2 billion to $11.5 billion at September 30, 2013, compared to $18.7 billion at December 31, 2012. Overall, the decrease in investment securities is due to the Company's strategy to reduce exposure to interest rate risk in the portfolio. Consistent with this strategy, during the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013, the Company sold $2.4 billion and $8.1 billion of investment securities, primarily MBS which were offset by investment purchases throughout 2013 in all portfolio categories. For additional information with respect to the Company’s investment securities, see Note 3 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other investments, which consists of FHLB stock and Federal Reserve stock, as well as an FHLB CD, decreased from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012 to $0.8 billion at September 30, 2013 due to FHLB repurchase of stock.

The average life of the available-for-sale investment portfolio (excluding certain asset-backed securities) at September 30, 2013 was approximately 5.29 years, compared to 4.02 years at December 31, 2012. The average effective duration of the investment portfolio (excluding certain asset-backed securities) at September 30, 2013 was approximately 4.69 years. The actual maturities of MBS available for sale will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.


GOODWILL

Goodwill totaled $3.4 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, which included approximately $1.9 billion in the Retail Banking unit, $1.4 billion in the Corporate Banking unit, and $131.1 million in the GBM unit. There were no additions or impairments to goodwill in 2013 or 2012.
 
The Company conducts a full evaluation of goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. No impairment indicators were noted since the annual review as of December 31, 2012 and, accordingly, no impairment test has been performed. The Company expects to perform its next annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013.

As more fully described in Note 15 to the Company's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, during the first quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its management reporting structure in order to better align management teams and resources with the business goals of the Company and to provide enhanced customer service to our clients. Consequently, segment reporting and goodwill reporting units were updated to reflect this change. In connection with the reorganization, management reallocated goodwill to the reporting units using a relative fair value allocation.



104


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


DEFERRED TAXES AND OTHER TAX ACTIVITY

The deferred tax asset balance was $801.1 million at September 30, 2013, compared to $780.4 million at December 31, 2012. The increase of $20.7 million was primarily due to a $165.7 million increase in investment and market-related unrealized losses, which was offset by $145.0 million of deferred tax expense recognized during the period.

The Company has a lawsuit pending against the United States in Federal District Court in Massachusetts relating to the proper tax consequences of two financing transactions with an international bank through which the Company borrowed $1.2 billion. As a result of the two financing transactions, the Company paid foreign taxes of $264.0 million during the years 2003 through 2007 and claimed a corresponding foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid during those years, which the IRS disallowed. The IRS also disallowed the Company's deductions for interest expense and transaction costs, totaling $74.6 million in tax liability, and assessed penalties and interest totaling approximately $94.3 million. The Company has paid the taxes, penalties and interest associated with the IRS adjustments for all tax years, and the lawsuit will determine whether the Bank is entitled to a refund of the amounts paid. The Company has recorded a receivable in other assets for the amount of these payments, less a tax reserve of $96.9 million as of September 30, 2013.

On October 17, 2013, the Court issued a written opinion in favor of the Company relating to a motion for partial summary judgment on a significant issue in the case. Within the next several months, the Company expects the Court to determine whether granting partial summary judgment resolves all issues in the case, so that entry of a final judgment awarding the Company a refund of all amounts paid is appropriate, or whether further proceedings will be necessary to resolve any remaining legal or factual issues, which could affect the Company's entitlement to some or all of the refund. The Company expects the IRS to appeal any decision in favor of the Company. In 2013, two different federal courts decided cases involving similar financing structures entered into by the Bank of New York Mellon Corp. and BB&T Corp. (referred to as the Salem Financial Case) in favor of the IRS, although both financial institutions have the right to appeal. The Company remains confident in its position and believes its reserve amount adequately provides for potential exposure to the IRS related to these items. As this litigation progresses over the next 24 months, it is reasonably possible that changes in the reserve for uncertain tax positions could range from a decrease of $96.9 million to an increase of $296.0 million.


OTHER ASSETS

The following is a detail of items that comprise Other assets at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
(in thousands)
OREO
 
$
87,886

 
$
65,962

Other repossessed assets
 
3,817

 
3,301

Prepaid expenses
 
153,994

 
239,732

Miscellaneous receivables
 
540,970

 
638,172

Derivative assets at fair value
 
235,306

 
379,128

MSRs
 
138,050

 
92,512

Core deposit intangibles and other intangibles, net
 
40,575

 
61,949

Miscellaneous assets
 
34,057

 
34,743

Total other assets
 
$
1,234,655

 
$
1,515,499


Other assets at September 30, 2013 were $1.2 billion, compared to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2012. The decrease in other assets was primarily due to activity in prepaid expenses, miscellaneous receivables, and derivative assets. Prepaid expenses decreased $85.7 million, primarily due to an FDIC refund for excess payments. Miscellaneous receivables decreased $97.2 million, primarily due to settlements from the sale of investments during the second and third quarters of 2013. Derivative assets decreased $143.8 million, primarily due to the reduction in market values from changes in interest rates. These changes were offset by an increase in MSRs of $45.5 million, primarily due to decreases in prepayment speeds and a reduction in mortgage refinancing.



105


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


DEPOSITS AND OTHER CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

The Bank attracts deposits within its primary market area by offering a variety of deposit instruments, including demand and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, customer repurchase agreements, CDs and retirement savings plans. The Bank also issues wholesale deposit products such as brokered deposits and government deposits on a periodic basis, which serve as an additional source of liquidity for the Company.

The following table presents the composition of deposits and other customer accounts at the dates indicated:
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Balance
 
Percent of total deposits
 
 
Balance
 
Percent of total deposits
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Interest-bearing demand deposits
$
9,911,707

 
20.1
%
 
 
$
9,358,233

 
18.4
%
 
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits
7,932,842

 
16.1
%
 
 
8,224,005

 
16.2
%
 
Savings
3,813,185

 
7.7
%
 
 
3,800,469

 
7.5
%
 
Money market
18,696,554

 
37.9
%
 
 
16,738,442

 
33.0
%
 
Certificates of deposit
8,956,129

 
18.2
%
 
 
12,668,889

 
24.9
%
 
Total Deposits
$
49,310,417

 
100.0
%
 
 
$
50,790,038

 
100.0
%
 

Total deposits and other customer accounts decreased $1.5 billion from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2013. The decrease in deposits was primarily due to significant decreases in CDs, partially offset by an increase in money market accounts. The decrease in CDs was driven by continued run-off and lack of the Company's rollover of certain wholesale CDs, both due to the low interest rate environment as customers and the Company have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts. The Company continues to focus its efforts on re-positioning its account mix and increasing lower-cost deposits. The improved funding mix and previous maturities of CDs have reduced the cost of total deposits from 0.58% for the third quarter of 2012 to 0.49% for the third quarter of 2013.

CDs decreased $3.7 billion, or 29.3%, due to the maturity of certain CD products and the lack of rollover of certain wholesale CDs. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits decreased $291.2 million, or 3.5%, due mainly to better economic conditions encouraging movement from noninterest-bearing demand deposits to interest-bearing investments. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in money market accounts of $2.0 billion, or 11.7%, due to growth in commercial and retail money market accounts as a result of improving market conditions.

Demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances were $36.3 million and $38.2 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $3.1 billion and $4.5 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.


BORROWINGS AND OTHER DEBT OBLIGATIONS

The Bank utilizes borrowings and other debt obligations as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management. Collateralized advances are available from the FHLB if certain standards related to creditworthiness are met. The Bank also utilizes repurchase agreements, which are short-term obligations collateralized by securities. SHUSA has term loans and lines of credit with Banco Santander and other third-party lenders. Total borrowings and other debt obligations at September 30, 2013 were $12.2 billion, compared to $19.3 billion at December 31, 2012. Total borrowings decreased $7.1 billion due to the Company's use of a portion of the proceeds from the sale of investment securities during the second and third quarters of 2013 to pay off existing borrowed funds. See further detail on borrowings activity in Note 8 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

See further discussion of the Company's off-balance sheet arrangements in Note 5 and Note 12 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


106


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL

Our capital priorities are to support client growth, business investment, and maintain appropriate capital in light of economic uncertainty and the Basel III framework. We continue to improve our capital levels and ratios through retention of quarterly earnings and expect to build capital through retention of future earnings.

The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal, state, and foreign agencies and undergoes periodic examinations
by those regulatory authorities. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bank met the well-capitalized capital ratio requirements. The Company's capital levels exceeded the ratios required for BHCs.

For discussion of Basel III and the standardized approach and related future changes to the minimum U.S. regulatory capital ratios, see the section captioned Regulatory Matters within this Management's Discussion and Analysis.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (the “FDICIA”) established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. A depository institution's capital tier depends on its capital levels in relation to various capital measures, which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized or adequately-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.

Federal banking laws, regulations and policies also limit the Bank's ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to the Company. The Bank must obtain prior OCC approval to declare a dividend or make any other capital distribution if, after such dividend or distribution: (1) the Bank's total distributions to the holding company within that calendar year would exceed 100% of its net income during the year plus retained net income for the prior two years; (2) the Bank would not meet capital levels imposed by the OCC in connection with any order, or (3) the Bank is not adequately capitalized at the time. In addition, the OCC's prior approval would be required if the Bank's examination or CRA ratings fall below certain levels or the Bank is notified by the OCC that it is a problem association or in troubled condition. The Bank must obtain the OCC's prior written approval to make any capital distribution until it has positive retained earnings.

Any dividend declared and paid or return of capital has the effect of reducing the Bank's capital ratios. In 2013, the Bank declared and paid $149.0 million in return of capital to SHUSA.

The following schedule summarizes the actual capital balances of the Bank and SHUSA at September 30, 2013:
 
 
BANK
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
Well-capitalized Requirement(2)
 
Minimum Requirement(2)
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
 
11.80
%
 
5.00
%
 
4.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
13.75
%
 
6.00
%
 
4.00
%
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
15.67
%
 
10.00
%
 
8.00
%
Tier 1 common capital ratio(1)
 
13.75
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
 
SHUSA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
Well-capitalized Requirement(2)
 
Minimum Requirement(2)
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
 
12.39
%
 
5.00
%
 
4.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
14.35
%
 
6.00
%
 
4.00
%
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
16.49
%
 
10.00
%
 
8.00
%
Tier 1 common capital ratio(1)
 
13.69
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

(1) Ratio presented due to regulators emphasizing the Tier 1 common capital ratio in their evaluation of bank and BHC capital levels, although this metric is not provided for in bank regulations. For all BHCs undergoing its Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review, the FRB has established a 5% minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio under stress scenarios.
(2) As defined by OCC regulations.



107


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overall

The Company continues to maintain strong bank and BHC liquidity positions. Liquidity represents the ability of the Company to obtain cost-effective funding to meet the needs of customers as well as the Company's financial obligations. Factors that impact the liquidity position of the Company include loan origination volumes, loan prepayment rates, the maturity structure of existing loans, core deposit growth levels, CD maturity structure and retention, the Company's credit ratings, investment portfolio cash flows, the maturity structure of the Company's wholesale funding, and other factors. These risks are monitored and managed centrally. This process includes reviewing all available wholesale liquidity sources. The Company also forecasts future liquidity needs and develops strategies to ensure adequate liquidity is available at all times. SHUSA conducts monthly liquidity stress test analyses to manage its liquidity under a variety of scenarios, all of which demonstrate that the Company has ample liquidity to meet its short-term and long-term cash requirements.

Further changes to the credit ratings of SHUSA, Banco Santander and its affiliates or the Kingdom of Spain could have a material adverse effect on SHUSA's business, including its liquidity and capital resources. The credit ratings of SHUSA have changed in the past and may change in the future, which could impact its cost of and access to sources of financing and liquidity. Any reductions in the long-term or short-term credit ratings of SHUSA would: increase its borrowing costs; require it to replace funding lost due to the downgrade, which may include the loss of customer deposits; and limit its access to capital and money markets and trigger additional collateral requirements in derivatives contracts and other secured funding arrangements. See further discussion on the impacts of credit ratings actions in this Management's Discussion and Analysis captioned in the Economic and Business Environment section.

The Bank has several sources of funding to meet its liquidity requirements, including its core deposit base, liquid investment securities portfolio, ability to acquire large deposits, FHLB borrowings, wholesale deposit purchases, federal funds purchased, and FRB borrowings. The Company has the following major sources of funding to meet its liquidity requirements: dividends and returns of investments from its subsidiaries and equity method investments, short-term investments held by non-bank affiliates and access to the capital markets.

Dividends and stock issuances

In April 2013, SCUSA declared $290.4 million in dividends, of which $188.7 million is payable to the Company. During the first nine months of 2013, the Bank paid $149.0 million in return of capital to SHUSA. At September 30, 2013, the holding company's liquidity to meet debt payments, debt service and debt maturities was in excess of 12 months. There have been no common stock issuances during 2013 or 2012.

Available Liquidity

As of September 30, 2013, SHUSA, through the Bank, had approximately $25.4 billion in committed liquidity from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve. Of this amount, $16.9 billion is unused and therefore provides additional borrowing capacity and liquidity for the Company. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, liquid assets (cash and cash equivalents, LHFS, and securities available for sale exclusive of securities pledged as collateral) totaled approximately $10.7 billion and $14.8 billion, respectively. These amounts represented 21.6% and 29.1% of total deposits at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. In addition to liquid assets, the Company also has available liquidity from federal funds counterparties of $1.2 billion. Management believes that the Company has ample liquidity to fund its operations.


108


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Cash and cash equivalents

As of September 30, 2013, the Company had $4.5 billion of cash compared to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2012 primarily due to investment securities sales partially offset by a decrease in deposits and repayments of borrowings. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Net cash provided by investing activities for the same period was $9.6 billion due to $10.8 billion of investment sales, maturities and repayments and $2.3 billion of loan activity, primarily repayments, offset by loan purchases of $1.4 billion, offset by the purchase of $4.2 billion of investments. Net cash used by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $8.6 billion, which consisted primarily of a $1.5 billion decrease in deposits and a net decrease in borrowings of $7.1 billion due to repayments. See the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for further details on our sources and uses of cash.

Restricted cash decreased from $488.5 million at December 31, 2012 to $118.3 million at September 30, 2013 due to a $2.1 billion decrease in repurchase agreements and a $209.5 million decrease in the amount of collateral required to be posted related to our derivatives contracts due to fluctuations in the underlying mark-to-market valuations.


CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business as a source of funds for its asset growth and asset/liability management, to fund acquisitions, and to meet required capital needs. These obligations require the Company to make cash payments over time as detailed in the table below.
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
Less than
1 year
 
Over 1 yr
to 3 yrs
 
Over 3 yrs
to 5 yrs
 
Over
5 yrs
 
(in thousands)
FHLB advances (1)
$
9,061,945

 
$
1,211,711

 
$
6,338,826

 
$
1,511,408

 
$

Other debt obligations (1) (2)
3,812,870

 
179,960

 
2,107,491

 
1,206,941

 
318,478

Junior subordinated debentures due to capital trust entities (1) (2)
1,378,348

 
224,041

 
217,431

 
124,475

 
812,401

Certificates of deposit (1)
9,098,597

 
6,762,619

 
2,185,343

 
133,836

 
16,799

Nonqualified pension and post-retirement benefits
83,526

 
7,395

 
15,280

 
15,316

 
45,535

Operating leases(3)
667,232

 
107,271

 
192,002

 
144,702

 
223,257

Total contractual cash obligations
$
24,102,518

 
$
8,492,997

 
$
11,056,373

 
$
3,136,678

 
$
1,416,470

(1)
Includes interest on both fixed and variable rate obligations. The interest associated with variable rate obligations is based on interest rates in effect at September 30, 2013. The contractual amounts to be paid on variable rate obligations are affected by changes in market interest rates. Future changes in market interest rates could materially affect the contractual amounts to be paid.
(2)
Includes all carrying value adjustments, such as unamortized premiums and discounts and hedge basis adjustments.
(3)
Does not include future expected sublease income.

Excluded from the above table are deposits of $40.4 billion that are due on demand by customers. Additionally, $136.9 million of tax liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits have been excluded due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of future cash outflows associated with such obligations.

The Company is a party to financial instruments and other arrangements with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. See further discussion on these risks in Note 9 and Note 12 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.



109


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk arises primarily through the Company’s traditional business activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in market interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the spread between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. Interest rate risk is managed by the Company's Treasury group and measured by its Market Risk Department, with oversight by the Asset/Liability Committee. In managing interest rate risk, the Company seeks to minimize the variability of net interest income across various likely scenarios, while at the same time maximizing net interest income and the net interest margin. To achieve these objectives, the Treasury group works closely with each business line in the Company and guides new business. The Treasury group also uses various other tools to manage interest rate risk, including wholesale funding maturity targeting, investment portfolio purchase strategies, asset securitizations/sales, and financial derivatives.

Interest rate risk focuses on managing four elements of risk associated with interest rates: basis risk, repricing risk, yield curve risk and option risk. Basis risk stems from rate index timing differences with rate changes, such as differences in the extent of changes in Federal funds rates compared with the three-month LIBOR rate. Repricing risk stems from the different timing of contractual repricing, such as one-month versus three-month reset dates, as well as the related maturities. Yield curve risk stems from the impact on earnings and market value resulting from different shapes and levels of yield curves. Option risk stems from prepayment or early withdrawal risk embedded in various products. These four elements of risk are analyzed through a combination of net interest income simulations, shocks to those net interest income simulations, and scenario and market value analyses, and the subsequent results are reviewed by management. Numerous assumptions are made to produce these analyses, including assumptions on new business volumes, loan and investment prepayment rates, deposit flows, interest rate curves, economic conditions and competitor pricing.

Further information on risk factors can be found under Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors, in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2012 and under Part II, Item 1A Risk Factors, in the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2013.

Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis

The Company utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to evaluate the impact of interest rate risk, including simulating the impact of changing interest rates on expected future interest income and interest expense ("net interest income sensitivity"). This simulation is run monthly and includes various scenarios that help management understand the potential risks in the Bank's net interest income sensitivity. These scenarios include both parallel and non-parallel rate shocks as well as other scenarios that are consistent with quantifying the four elements of risk described above. This information is used to develop proactive strategies to ensure that the Company’s risk position remains within Board-approved limits so that future earnings are not significantly adversely affected by future interest rates.

The table below reflects the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s net interest income based on interest rate changes:

If interest rates changed in parallel by the
amounts below at September 30, 2013
 
The following estimated percentage increase/(decrease) to
net interest income would result
Down 100 basis points
 
(3.44
)%
Up 100 basis points
 
8.44
 %
Up 200 basis points
 
15.96
 %


110


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


Market Value of Equity Analysis

The Company also evaluates the impact of interest rate risk by utilizing market value of equity ("MVE") modeling. This analysis measures the present value of all estimated future interest income and interest expense cash flows of the Company over the estimated remaining life of the balance sheet. MVE is calculated as the difference between the market value of assets and liabilities. The MVE calculation utilizes only the current balance sheet, and therefore does not factor in any future changes in balance sheet size, balance sheet mix, yield curve relationships or product spreads, which may mitigate the impact of any interest rate changes.

Management examines the effect of interest rate changes on MVE. The sensitivity of MVE to changes in interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk, and highlights the potential capital at risk due to adverse changes in market interest rates. The following table discloses the estimated sensitivity to the Company’s MVE at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
 
 
The following estimated percentage
increase/(decrease) to MVE would result
If interest rates changed in parallel by
 
September 30, 2013

 
December 31, 2012

Down 100 basis points
 
1.30
 %
 
(0.45
)%
Up 100 basis points
 
(1.96
)%
 
(2.84
)%
Up 200 basis points
 
(4.87
)%
 
(7.64
)%

Limitations of Interest Rate Risk Analyses

Since the assumptions used are inherently uncertain, the Company cannot predict precisely the effect of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income or MVE. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, the difference between actual experience and the assumed volume, characteristics of new business and behavior of existing positions, and changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors.

Uses of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks

To mitigate interest rate risk and, to a lesser extent, foreign exchange, equity and credit risks, the Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows.

Through the Company’s capital markets and mortgage banking activities, it is subject to price risk. The Company employs various tools to measure and manage price risk in its portfolios. In addition, the Board of Directors has established certain limits relative to positions and activities. The level of price risk exposure at any point in time depends on the market environment and expectations of future price and market movements, and will vary from period to period.

Management uses derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of interest rate movements on the fair value of certain liabilities, assets and highly probable forecasted cash flows. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps that have underlying interest rates based on key benchmark indices and forward sale or purchase commitments. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated interest rate environment.
The Company enters into cross-currency swaps to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk on certain Euro-denominated investments. These derivatives are designated as fair value hedges at inception.

The Company's derivative portfolio includes mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments, forward sale commitments and interest rate swaps. As part of its overall business strategy, the Bank originates fixed-rate residential mortgages. It sells a portion of this production to the FHLMC, FNMA, and private investors. The Company uses forward sales as a means of hedging against the economic impact of changes in interest rates on the mortgages that are originated for sale and on interest rate lock commitments.


111


SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


The Company typically retains the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that are sold. Residential MSRs are accounted for at fair value. As deemed appropriate, the Company economically hedges MSRs, using interest rate swaps and forward contracts to purchase MBS. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 7 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign
currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to gains and losses on these contracts will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

We also utilize forward contracts to manage market risk associated with certain expected investment securities sales and equity options, which manage our market risk associated with certain customer deposit products.

For additional information on foreign exchange contracts, derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 9 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


112





Item 3.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Incorporated by reference from Part I, Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Asset and Liability Management hereof.

Item 4.
Controls and Procedures

The Company's management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as of September 30, 2013. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2013.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the first nine months of 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.




113




SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1
— Legal Proceedings

Reference should be made to Note 10 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure regarding the lawsuit filed by SHUSA against the Internal Revenue Service and Note 12 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for SHUSA’s litigation disclosure, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A
— Risk Factors

There are no material changes from the risk factors set forth under Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors, in the Company's 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K and the enhancements made to those risk factors in the Company's first quarter 2013 Report on Form 10-Q.

Item 2
— Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

No shares of the Company’s common stock were repurchased during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013.

Item 3
— Defaults upon Senior Securities

None.

Item 4
— Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

Item 5
— Other Information

None.


114





Item 6
— Exhibits

(3.1
)
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 30, 2009) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 
 
(3.2
)
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 27, 2009) (Commission File Number 333-172807)

 

 
(3.3
)
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2010) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 

 
(3.4
)
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2011) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 

 
(3.5
)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2011) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 

 
(4.1
)
Santander Holdings USA, Inc. has certain debt obligations outstanding. None of the instruments evidencing such debt authorizes an amount of securities in excess of 10% of the total assets of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; therefore, copies of such instruments are not included as exhibits to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Santander Holdings USA, Inc. agrees to furnish copies to the SEC on request.

 

 
(31.1
)
Chief Executive Officer certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 

 
(31.2
)
Chief Financial Officer certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 

 
(31.3
)
Comptroller certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
(32.1
)
Chief Executive Officer certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 

 
(32.2
)
Chief Financial Officer certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
(32.3
)
Comptroller certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
(101
)
Interactive Data File (XBRL). Filed Herewith

115




SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
 
SANTANDER HOLDINGS USA, INC.
(Registrant)
 
Date:
November 8, 2013
 
/s/ Román Blanco 
 
 
 
 Román Blanco 
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Authorized Officer) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
November 8, 2013
 
/s/ Juan Carlos Alvarez  
 
 
 
Juan Carlos Alvarez
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Executive Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
November 8, 2013
 
/s/ Guillermo Sabater
 
 
 
Guillermo Sabater
 
 
 
Comptroller and Senior Executive Vice President
 
 
 
 


116




EXHIBITS INDEX

(3.1
)
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 30, 2009) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 
 
(3.2
)
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 27, 2009) (Commission File Number 333-172807)

 

 
(3.3
)
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2010) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 

 
(3.4
)
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2011) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 

 
(3.5
)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Santander Holdings USA, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2011) (Commission File Number 333-172807)
 

 
(4.1
)
Santander Holdings USA, Inc. has certain debt obligations outstanding. None of the instruments evidencing such debt authorizes an amount of securities in excess of 10% of the total assets of Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; therefore, copies of such instruments are not included as exhibits to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Santander Holdings USA, Inc. agrees to furnish copies to the SEC on request.

 

 
(31.1
)
Chief Executive Officer certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 

 
(31.2
)
Chief Financial Officer certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 

 
(31.3
)
Comptroller certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
(32.1
)
Chief Executive Officer certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 

 
(32.2
)
Chief Financial Officer certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
(32.3
)
Comptroller certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
(101
)
Interactive Data File (XBRL). Filed herewith

117